Upload
nguyenque
View
262
Download
8
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Table of Contents
Introduction 5
Warranty 5
Contact Information 5
Instrument Description 7
Safety Precautions 9
Instrument Setup ndash Equipment 11
Instrument Setup ndash Software 13
Instrument Software Functionality 17
Temperature Sensing 33
Operating Instructions 35
Troubleshooting 40
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning 41
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies 42
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis 45
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production 46
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications 47
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 5
Introduction
ANKOM Technology designs manufactures and markets instruments and support products used by analytical
laboratories around the world in the environmental agricultural biomass and food industries ANKOM
Technology can provide you with products for determining or monitoring detergent fibers dietary fibers fat
digestibility microbial fermentation (anaerobic or aerobic) and more
Committed to Total Customer Satisfaction ANKOM designs every product based on a thorough assessment of
customer needs
Congratulations on your purchase of the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System We are confident that this product
will effectively serve your needs
This manual will provide you with details that will help you achieve the best possible results
Please review the entire manual before you begin operating this product
Warranty
ANKOM Technology warrants the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System against any defects in workmanship or
material for one year after the original date of purchase This warranty does not include damage to the instrument
resulting from neglect or misuse During the warranty period should any failure result from defects in
workmanship or materials ANKOM Technology will at its discretion repair or replace the instrument free of
charge
Extended warranties are available upon request
Operating Temperature 5-60degC
Contact Information
ANKOM Technology is committed to your total satisfaction and is therefore always available to help you get the
most from your ANKOM products We are also very interested in any comments or suggestions you may have to
help us improve
For any questions or suggestions regarding your instrument please contact us at
Telephone (315) 986-8090
Fax (315) 986-8091
wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 6 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 7
Instrument Description
General Description
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is designed to measure the kinetics of a microbial fermentation in an
automated fashion by monitoring the gas pressure within multiple Modules and remotely recording the data in
computer spreadsheets Equipped with a temperature sensor each Module can also monitor the temperature of its
environment The system can include up to 50 individual Modules that communicate information to a computer
using radio frequency (RF) transmission From the computer interface the operator can control numerous variables
such as data recording intervals and the automatic release of pressure through internal valves in each Module
Examples of Instrument Applications
Current and potential applications for the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System include but are not limited to Rumen
Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity Biomass-to-Fuel Biodegradability Biochemical Oxygen Demand
(BOD) Soil Quality and more
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 8 Rev F 101116
System Components
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System Base Kit includes the following components
5 ndash Modules (part RF1)
5 ndash Glass Bottles (bottle types to be chosen by the customer) ndash there is one Glass Bottle for each Module
1 ndash Reference Module Zero (ambient pressure only ndash part RF5)
6 ndash Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) ndash 1 in each Module and 1 in the Reference Module Zero
1 ndash 10 Station Battery Charger (part RF25)
1 ndash Base Coordinator w USB Cable (part RF2) and antenna (part 7143)
1 ndash Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29)
1 ndash CD containing the Computer Drivers and Operating Software (part RF3)
1 ndash Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22)
2 ndash Luer Check Valves (part 7139)
2 ndash Male Luer Caps (part 7147)
5 ndash Bottle Gaskets (part 7074)
1 ndash Sythetic Grease (part RF41)
A Module connected to a Glass Bottle is referred to as a Module Assembly
Glass Bottles Modules Synthetic Grease Bottle Gaskets Reference Module Zero
Luer Check Valves with Caps
Antenna Extension Assembly
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
Battery Charger
CD with Operating
Software
USB Cable
Base Coordinator
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 9
Adding Modules
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System has a modular design that allows the user to increase or decrease the
number of samples tested The Reference Module Zero is used to monitor and record atmospheric pressure The
Base Coordinator is used to communicate with up to 50 Modules each programmed with a unique ID number and
system address If you have a system with less than 50 Modules more can be ordered to complete your system
When ordering additional Modules it is important to let ANKOM know what Module numbers you currently have
(for example 1-5) so that the new Modules can be programmed correctly for your system The Module number is
displayed on the Modulersquos label and on the chip plugged into the circuit board If your system is complete with 50
Modules and you would like to add more Modules an additional RFS Base Kit is required This second Base Kit
will communicate on a different network than the original It is possible to have as many as 5 Base Kits and 250
Modules in a facility
Each ANKOMRF
Gas Production System network requires a connection to a
unique laptop or desktop computer The computer does NOT have to be
dedicated to the ANKOM system
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are adding
Modules with temperature sensors to an existing system Existing Modules
can be upgraded to include temperature sensors Contact ANKOM for details
Safety Precautions
This system is designed to meet andor exceed the applicable standards of CE CSA NRTL and OSHA
WARNING For the 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth Glass Bottles never
apply pressure exceeding 10 psi while purging your system (eliminating
oxygen) or allow the pressure in the Bottles to exceed 10 psi (685 mbar)
during an experiment
For the 18 L wide-mouth bottles never let pressure exceed 1 psi
Always wear safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the
Modules
Using this system andor its components in a manner not specified by the manufacturer voids the warranty and may result in harm to the user
Please review the entire contents of this manual before you begin operating
this product
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 10 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 11
Instrument Setup ndash Equipment
Battery Connection
Before using your system you must connect the battery packs within each Module by connecting the male
connector on the battery pack to the female connector on the circuit board The locking tab must be facing the
adjacent white connector
Caution Damage to the circuit board and batteries can occur if the batteries
are connected backwards
Rechargeable batteries lose charge when not being used
Always charge your Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) for at least 3
hours just prior to their use A fully charged battery when plugged into a
Module should read 67 volts or higher on the GPM software screen
Typically a fully charged Rechargeable Battery Pack should be able to power
a Module for at least 10 days under normal conditions (20-40degC GPM
settings of 1 minute Live Interval and 1 Valve Open sequence per hour)
Individual performance may vary depending on testing conditions Although
Modules will function properly battery packs may have to be recharged at
more frequent intervals when operating at lower temperatures When
running the system remember to check the battery voltage daily and change
the battery pack when the voltage decreases to 63 volts or lower Changing
the battery pack during the run will not affect the results
Temperature Control
The Module Assembly (includes the Module connected to a Glass Bottle) can be placed in a cabinet incubator or in
a shallow water bath to maintain appropriate temperatures
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or water damage
will occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF
modules with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the
electronics Instead use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and
control the temperature and evaporation
Battery Connection
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 12 Rev F 101116
RF Communication
Radio Frequency (RF) technology allows the Modules to be located away from the Base Coordinator without the
need for cumbersome wire connections Although the RF signal from the Modules can be detected at distances of
10 ft or more for the best signal reception it is recommended that you place the Modules (including Reference
Module Zero) as close as possible to the Base Coordinator If necessary it is possible to extend the antenna from
the Base Coordinator with an ANKOM Antenna Extension Assembly (Part RF29 shown below) This will allow
you to place the antenna closer to the Modules
To install the antenna extension follow the steps below
(1) Screw the Antenna Extension Assembly (the female part of the ldquoTrdquo fitting) onto the Base Coordinator
(2) Screw the original Antenna (part 7143) onto the Antenna Extension Assembly at the male part of the
cable
Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29) connected to the Base Coordinator
1) When using the extension you should run the system with both antennas
connected as shown in the picture above The antenna closest to the Base
Coordinator will pick up the Reference Module Zero signal while the
antenna connected to the end of the extension cable will pick up the signals
from the modules
2) It is important to keep metal shelving or cabinets away from the Base
Coordinator and Modules to avoid interference with the component
antennas Metal may disrupt radio frequency and may cause delays in
system communications
T fitting
7143 Antenna
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 13
Instrument Setup ndash Software
Computer Software Requirements
To run the GPM software your computer must have the following programs
Windows XP or later
Microsoft Excel 2003 or later
Internet Explorer 50 or later
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
If not already loaded the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System installation program will install
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are using Modules
with temperature sensors
Instrument Software Installation
To install your GPM software follow the steps below
(1) Connect the Base Coordinator to a USB port on the computer that will run the GPM software so that the
necessary drivers can be installed
(2) Insert the GPM CD into your computer After a few moments the following window should open
showing the contents of the CD
If the window above does not display automatically on your screen then open
My Computer on your computer screen (If the My Computer icon is not
already on your desktop you can access it via the button in the
lower left corner of your desktop screen) With My Computer open double-
click on your CD device icon to open the window above
(3) Double-click the Setup icon in the window above The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 14 Rev F 101116
The version number on this message box will correspond to the GPM
software version you are installing
(4) Click the Nextgt button in the message box above to proceed with the software installation The following
message box is displayed
(5) In the message box above put a check mark in the box () next to ldquoI accept the terms of the License
Agreementrdquo by clicking on the box
(6) Click the Nextgt button and the following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
This page intentionally left blank
Table of Contents
Introduction 5
Warranty 5
Contact Information 5
Instrument Description 7
Safety Precautions 9
Instrument Setup ndash Equipment 11
Instrument Setup ndash Software 13
Instrument Software Functionality 17
Temperature Sensing 33
Operating Instructions 35
Troubleshooting 40
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning 41
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies 42
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis 45
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production 46
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications 47
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 5
Introduction
ANKOM Technology designs manufactures and markets instruments and support products used by analytical
laboratories around the world in the environmental agricultural biomass and food industries ANKOM
Technology can provide you with products for determining or monitoring detergent fibers dietary fibers fat
digestibility microbial fermentation (anaerobic or aerobic) and more
Committed to Total Customer Satisfaction ANKOM designs every product based on a thorough assessment of
customer needs
Congratulations on your purchase of the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System We are confident that this product
will effectively serve your needs
This manual will provide you with details that will help you achieve the best possible results
Please review the entire manual before you begin operating this product
Warranty
ANKOM Technology warrants the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System against any defects in workmanship or
material for one year after the original date of purchase This warranty does not include damage to the instrument
resulting from neglect or misuse During the warranty period should any failure result from defects in
workmanship or materials ANKOM Technology will at its discretion repair or replace the instrument free of
charge
Extended warranties are available upon request
Operating Temperature 5-60degC
Contact Information
ANKOM Technology is committed to your total satisfaction and is therefore always available to help you get the
most from your ANKOM products We are also very interested in any comments or suggestions you may have to
help us improve
For any questions or suggestions regarding your instrument please contact us at
Telephone (315) 986-8090
Fax (315) 986-8091
wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 6 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 7
Instrument Description
General Description
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is designed to measure the kinetics of a microbial fermentation in an
automated fashion by monitoring the gas pressure within multiple Modules and remotely recording the data in
computer spreadsheets Equipped with a temperature sensor each Module can also monitor the temperature of its
environment The system can include up to 50 individual Modules that communicate information to a computer
using radio frequency (RF) transmission From the computer interface the operator can control numerous variables
such as data recording intervals and the automatic release of pressure through internal valves in each Module
Examples of Instrument Applications
Current and potential applications for the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System include but are not limited to Rumen
Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity Biomass-to-Fuel Biodegradability Biochemical Oxygen Demand
(BOD) Soil Quality and more
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 8 Rev F 101116
System Components
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System Base Kit includes the following components
5 ndash Modules (part RF1)
5 ndash Glass Bottles (bottle types to be chosen by the customer) ndash there is one Glass Bottle for each Module
1 ndash Reference Module Zero (ambient pressure only ndash part RF5)
6 ndash Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) ndash 1 in each Module and 1 in the Reference Module Zero
1 ndash 10 Station Battery Charger (part RF25)
1 ndash Base Coordinator w USB Cable (part RF2) and antenna (part 7143)
1 ndash Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29)
1 ndash CD containing the Computer Drivers and Operating Software (part RF3)
1 ndash Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22)
2 ndash Luer Check Valves (part 7139)
2 ndash Male Luer Caps (part 7147)
5 ndash Bottle Gaskets (part 7074)
1 ndash Sythetic Grease (part RF41)
A Module connected to a Glass Bottle is referred to as a Module Assembly
Glass Bottles Modules Synthetic Grease Bottle Gaskets Reference Module Zero
Luer Check Valves with Caps
Antenna Extension Assembly
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
Battery Charger
CD with Operating
Software
USB Cable
Base Coordinator
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 9
Adding Modules
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System has a modular design that allows the user to increase or decrease the
number of samples tested The Reference Module Zero is used to monitor and record atmospheric pressure The
Base Coordinator is used to communicate with up to 50 Modules each programmed with a unique ID number and
system address If you have a system with less than 50 Modules more can be ordered to complete your system
When ordering additional Modules it is important to let ANKOM know what Module numbers you currently have
(for example 1-5) so that the new Modules can be programmed correctly for your system The Module number is
displayed on the Modulersquos label and on the chip plugged into the circuit board If your system is complete with 50
Modules and you would like to add more Modules an additional RFS Base Kit is required This second Base Kit
will communicate on a different network than the original It is possible to have as many as 5 Base Kits and 250
Modules in a facility
Each ANKOMRF
Gas Production System network requires a connection to a
unique laptop or desktop computer The computer does NOT have to be
dedicated to the ANKOM system
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are adding
Modules with temperature sensors to an existing system Existing Modules
can be upgraded to include temperature sensors Contact ANKOM for details
Safety Precautions
This system is designed to meet andor exceed the applicable standards of CE CSA NRTL and OSHA
WARNING For the 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth Glass Bottles never
apply pressure exceeding 10 psi while purging your system (eliminating
oxygen) or allow the pressure in the Bottles to exceed 10 psi (685 mbar)
during an experiment
For the 18 L wide-mouth bottles never let pressure exceed 1 psi
Always wear safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the
Modules
Using this system andor its components in a manner not specified by the manufacturer voids the warranty and may result in harm to the user
Please review the entire contents of this manual before you begin operating
this product
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 10 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 11
Instrument Setup ndash Equipment
Battery Connection
Before using your system you must connect the battery packs within each Module by connecting the male
connector on the battery pack to the female connector on the circuit board The locking tab must be facing the
adjacent white connector
Caution Damage to the circuit board and batteries can occur if the batteries
are connected backwards
Rechargeable batteries lose charge when not being used
Always charge your Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) for at least 3
hours just prior to their use A fully charged battery when plugged into a
Module should read 67 volts or higher on the GPM software screen
Typically a fully charged Rechargeable Battery Pack should be able to power
a Module for at least 10 days under normal conditions (20-40degC GPM
settings of 1 minute Live Interval and 1 Valve Open sequence per hour)
Individual performance may vary depending on testing conditions Although
Modules will function properly battery packs may have to be recharged at
more frequent intervals when operating at lower temperatures When
running the system remember to check the battery voltage daily and change
the battery pack when the voltage decreases to 63 volts or lower Changing
the battery pack during the run will not affect the results
Temperature Control
The Module Assembly (includes the Module connected to a Glass Bottle) can be placed in a cabinet incubator or in
a shallow water bath to maintain appropriate temperatures
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or water damage
will occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF
modules with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the
electronics Instead use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and
control the temperature and evaporation
Battery Connection
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 12 Rev F 101116
RF Communication
Radio Frequency (RF) technology allows the Modules to be located away from the Base Coordinator without the
need for cumbersome wire connections Although the RF signal from the Modules can be detected at distances of
10 ft or more for the best signal reception it is recommended that you place the Modules (including Reference
Module Zero) as close as possible to the Base Coordinator If necessary it is possible to extend the antenna from
the Base Coordinator with an ANKOM Antenna Extension Assembly (Part RF29 shown below) This will allow
you to place the antenna closer to the Modules
To install the antenna extension follow the steps below
(1) Screw the Antenna Extension Assembly (the female part of the ldquoTrdquo fitting) onto the Base Coordinator
(2) Screw the original Antenna (part 7143) onto the Antenna Extension Assembly at the male part of the
cable
Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29) connected to the Base Coordinator
1) When using the extension you should run the system with both antennas
connected as shown in the picture above The antenna closest to the Base
Coordinator will pick up the Reference Module Zero signal while the
antenna connected to the end of the extension cable will pick up the signals
from the modules
2) It is important to keep metal shelving or cabinets away from the Base
Coordinator and Modules to avoid interference with the component
antennas Metal may disrupt radio frequency and may cause delays in
system communications
T fitting
7143 Antenna
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 13
Instrument Setup ndash Software
Computer Software Requirements
To run the GPM software your computer must have the following programs
Windows XP or later
Microsoft Excel 2003 or later
Internet Explorer 50 or later
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
If not already loaded the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System installation program will install
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are using Modules
with temperature sensors
Instrument Software Installation
To install your GPM software follow the steps below
(1) Connect the Base Coordinator to a USB port on the computer that will run the GPM software so that the
necessary drivers can be installed
(2) Insert the GPM CD into your computer After a few moments the following window should open
showing the contents of the CD
If the window above does not display automatically on your screen then open
My Computer on your computer screen (If the My Computer icon is not
already on your desktop you can access it via the button in the
lower left corner of your desktop screen) With My Computer open double-
click on your CD device icon to open the window above
(3) Double-click the Setup icon in the window above The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 14 Rev F 101116
The version number on this message box will correspond to the GPM
software version you are installing
(4) Click the Nextgt button in the message box above to proceed with the software installation The following
message box is displayed
(5) In the message box above put a check mark in the box () next to ldquoI accept the terms of the License
Agreementrdquo by clicking on the box
(6) Click the Nextgt button and the following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Table of Contents
Introduction 5
Warranty 5
Contact Information 5
Instrument Description 7
Safety Precautions 9
Instrument Setup ndash Equipment 11
Instrument Setup ndash Software 13
Instrument Software Functionality 17
Temperature Sensing 33
Operating Instructions 35
Troubleshooting 40
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning 41
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies 42
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis 45
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production 46
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications 47
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 5
Introduction
ANKOM Technology designs manufactures and markets instruments and support products used by analytical
laboratories around the world in the environmental agricultural biomass and food industries ANKOM
Technology can provide you with products for determining or monitoring detergent fibers dietary fibers fat
digestibility microbial fermentation (anaerobic or aerobic) and more
Committed to Total Customer Satisfaction ANKOM designs every product based on a thorough assessment of
customer needs
Congratulations on your purchase of the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System We are confident that this product
will effectively serve your needs
This manual will provide you with details that will help you achieve the best possible results
Please review the entire manual before you begin operating this product
Warranty
ANKOM Technology warrants the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System against any defects in workmanship or
material for one year after the original date of purchase This warranty does not include damage to the instrument
resulting from neglect or misuse During the warranty period should any failure result from defects in
workmanship or materials ANKOM Technology will at its discretion repair or replace the instrument free of
charge
Extended warranties are available upon request
Operating Temperature 5-60degC
Contact Information
ANKOM Technology is committed to your total satisfaction and is therefore always available to help you get the
most from your ANKOM products We are also very interested in any comments or suggestions you may have to
help us improve
For any questions or suggestions regarding your instrument please contact us at
Telephone (315) 986-8090
Fax (315) 986-8091
wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 6 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 7
Instrument Description
General Description
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is designed to measure the kinetics of a microbial fermentation in an
automated fashion by monitoring the gas pressure within multiple Modules and remotely recording the data in
computer spreadsheets Equipped with a temperature sensor each Module can also monitor the temperature of its
environment The system can include up to 50 individual Modules that communicate information to a computer
using radio frequency (RF) transmission From the computer interface the operator can control numerous variables
such as data recording intervals and the automatic release of pressure through internal valves in each Module
Examples of Instrument Applications
Current and potential applications for the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System include but are not limited to Rumen
Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity Biomass-to-Fuel Biodegradability Biochemical Oxygen Demand
(BOD) Soil Quality and more
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 8 Rev F 101116
System Components
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System Base Kit includes the following components
5 ndash Modules (part RF1)
5 ndash Glass Bottles (bottle types to be chosen by the customer) ndash there is one Glass Bottle for each Module
1 ndash Reference Module Zero (ambient pressure only ndash part RF5)
6 ndash Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) ndash 1 in each Module and 1 in the Reference Module Zero
1 ndash 10 Station Battery Charger (part RF25)
1 ndash Base Coordinator w USB Cable (part RF2) and antenna (part 7143)
1 ndash Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29)
1 ndash CD containing the Computer Drivers and Operating Software (part RF3)
1 ndash Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22)
2 ndash Luer Check Valves (part 7139)
2 ndash Male Luer Caps (part 7147)
5 ndash Bottle Gaskets (part 7074)
1 ndash Sythetic Grease (part RF41)
A Module connected to a Glass Bottle is referred to as a Module Assembly
Glass Bottles Modules Synthetic Grease Bottle Gaskets Reference Module Zero
Luer Check Valves with Caps
Antenna Extension Assembly
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
Battery Charger
CD with Operating
Software
USB Cable
Base Coordinator
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 9
Adding Modules
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System has a modular design that allows the user to increase or decrease the
number of samples tested The Reference Module Zero is used to monitor and record atmospheric pressure The
Base Coordinator is used to communicate with up to 50 Modules each programmed with a unique ID number and
system address If you have a system with less than 50 Modules more can be ordered to complete your system
When ordering additional Modules it is important to let ANKOM know what Module numbers you currently have
(for example 1-5) so that the new Modules can be programmed correctly for your system The Module number is
displayed on the Modulersquos label and on the chip plugged into the circuit board If your system is complete with 50
Modules and you would like to add more Modules an additional RFS Base Kit is required This second Base Kit
will communicate on a different network than the original It is possible to have as many as 5 Base Kits and 250
Modules in a facility
Each ANKOMRF
Gas Production System network requires a connection to a
unique laptop or desktop computer The computer does NOT have to be
dedicated to the ANKOM system
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are adding
Modules with temperature sensors to an existing system Existing Modules
can be upgraded to include temperature sensors Contact ANKOM for details
Safety Precautions
This system is designed to meet andor exceed the applicable standards of CE CSA NRTL and OSHA
WARNING For the 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth Glass Bottles never
apply pressure exceeding 10 psi while purging your system (eliminating
oxygen) or allow the pressure in the Bottles to exceed 10 psi (685 mbar)
during an experiment
For the 18 L wide-mouth bottles never let pressure exceed 1 psi
Always wear safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the
Modules
Using this system andor its components in a manner not specified by the manufacturer voids the warranty and may result in harm to the user
Please review the entire contents of this manual before you begin operating
this product
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 10 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 11
Instrument Setup ndash Equipment
Battery Connection
Before using your system you must connect the battery packs within each Module by connecting the male
connector on the battery pack to the female connector on the circuit board The locking tab must be facing the
adjacent white connector
Caution Damage to the circuit board and batteries can occur if the batteries
are connected backwards
Rechargeable batteries lose charge when not being used
Always charge your Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) for at least 3
hours just prior to their use A fully charged battery when plugged into a
Module should read 67 volts or higher on the GPM software screen
Typically a fully charged Rechargeable Battery Pack should be able to power
a Module for at least 10 days under normal conditions (20-40degC GPM
settings of 1 minute Live Interval and 1 Valve Open sequence per hour)
Individual performance may vary depending on testing conditions Although
Modules will function properly battery packs may have to be recharged at
more frequent intervals when operating at lower temperatures When
running the system remember to check the battery voltage daily and change
the battery pack when the voltage decreases to 63 volts or lower Changing
the battery pack during the run will not affect the results
Temperature Control
The Module Assembly (includes the Module connected to a Glass Bottle) can be placed in a cabinet incubator or in
a shallow water bath to maintain appropriate temperatures
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or water damage
will occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF
modules with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the
electronics Instead use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and
control the temperature and evaporation
Battery Connection
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 12 Rev F 101116
RF Communication
Radio Frequency (RF) technology allows the Modules to be located away from the Base Coordinator without the
need for cumbersome wire connections Although the RF signal from the Modules can be detected at distances of
10 ft or more for the best signal reception it is recommended that you place the Modules (including Reference
Module Zero) as close as possible to the Base Coordinator If necessary it is possible to extend the antenna from
the Base Coordinator with an ANKOM Antenna Extension Assembly (Part RF29 shown below) This will allow
you to place the antenna closer to the Modules
To install the antenna extension follow the steps below
(1) Screw the Antenna Extension Assembly (the female part of the ldquoTrdquo fitting) onto the Base Coordinator
(2) Screw the original Antenna (part 7143) onto the Antenna Extension Assembly at the male part of the
cable
Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29) connected to the Base Coordinator
1) When using the extension you should run the system with both antennas
connected as shown in the picture above The antenna closest to the Base
Coordinator will pick up the Reference Module Zero signal while the
antenna connected to the end of the extension cable will pick up the signals
from the modules
2) It is important to keep metal shelving or cabinets away from the Base
Coordinator and Modules to avoid interference with the component
antennas Metal may disrupt radio frequency and may cause delays in
system communications
T fitting
7143 Antenna
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 13
Instrument Setup ndash Software
Computer Software Requirements
To run the GPM software your computer must have the following programs
Windows XP or later
Microsoft Excel 2003 or later
Internet Explorer 50 or later
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
If not already loaded the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System installation program will install
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are using Modules
with temperature sensors
Instrument Software Installation
To install your GPM software follow the steps below
(1) Connect the Base Coordinator to a USB port on the computer that will run the GPM software so that the
necessary drivers can be installed
(2) Insert the GPM CD into your computer After a few moments the following window should open
showing the contents of the CD
If the window above does not display automatically on your screen then open
My Computer on your computer screen (If the My Computer icon is not
already on your desktop you can access it via the button in the
lower left corner of your desktop screen) With My Computer open double-
click on your CD device icon to open the window above
(3) Double-click the Setup icon in the window above The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 14 Rev F 101116
The version number on this message box will correspond to the GPM
software version you are installing
(4) Click the Nextgt button in the message box above to proceed with the software installation The following
message box is displayed
(5) In the message box above put a check mark in the box () next to ldquoI accept the terms of the License
Agreementrdquo by clicking on the box
(6) Click the Nextgt button and the following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 5
Introduction
ANKOM Technology designs manufactures and markets instruments and support products used by analytical
laboratories around the world in the environmental agricultural biomass and food industries ANKOM
Technology can provide you with products for determining or monitoring detergent fibers dietary fibers fat
digestibility microbial fermentation (anaerobic or aerobic) and more
Committed to Total Customer Satisfaction ANKOM designs every product based on a thorough assessment of
customer needs
Congratulations on your purchase of the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System We are confident that this product
will effectively serve your needs
This manual will provide you with details that will help you achieve the best possible results
Please review the entire manual before you begin operating this product
Warranty
ANKOM Technology warrants the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System against any defects in workmanship or
material for one year after the original date of purchase This warranty does not include damage to the instrument
resulting from neglect or misuse During the warranty period should any failure result from defects in
workmanship or materials ANKOM Technology will at its discretion repair or replace the instrument free of
charge
Extended warranties are available upon request
Operating Temperature 5-60degC
Contact Information
ANKOM Technology is committed to your total satisfaction and is therefore always available to help you get the
most from your ANKOM products We are also very interested in any comments or suggestions you may have to
help us improve
For any questions or suggestions regarding your instrument please contact us at
Telephone (315) 986-8090
Fax (315) 986-8091
wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 6 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 7
Instrument Description
General Description
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is designed to measure the kinetics of a microbial fermentation in an
automated fashion by monitoring the gas pressure within multiple Modules and remotely recording the data in
computer spreadsheets Equipped with a temperature sensor each Module can also monitor the temperature of its
environment The system can include up to 50 individual Modules that communicate information to a computer
using radio frequency (RF) transmission From the computer interface the operator can control numerous variables
such as data recording intervals and the automatic release of pressure through internal valves in each Module
Examples of Instrument Applications
Current and potential applications for the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System include but are not limited to Rumen
Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity Biomass-to-Fuel Biodegradability Biochemical Oxygen Demand
(BOD) Soil Quality and more
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 8 Rev F 101116
System Components
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System Base Kit includes the following components
5 ndash Modules (part RF1)
5 ndash Glass Bottles (bottle types to be chosen by the customer) ndash there is one Glass Bottle for each Module
1 ndash Reference Module Zero (ambient pressure only ndash part RF5)
6 ndash Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) ndash 1 in each Module and 1 in the Reference Module Zero
1 ndash 10 Station Battery Charger (part RF25)
1 ndash Base Coordinator w USB Cable (part RF2) and antenna (part 7143)
1 ndash Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29)
1 ndash CD containing the Computer Drivers and Operating Software (part RF3)
1 ndash Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22)
2 ndash Luer Check Valves (part 7139)
2 ndash Male Luer Caps (part 7147)
5 ndash Bottle Gaskets (part 7074)
1 ndash Sythetic Grease (part RF41)
A Module connected to a Glass Bottle is referred to as a Module Assembly
Glass Bottles Modules Synthetic Grease Bottle Gaskets Reference Module Zero
Luer Check Valves with Caps
Antenna Extension Assembly
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
Battery Charger
CD with Operating
Software
USB Cable
Base Coordinator
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 9
Adding Modules
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System has a modular design that allows the user to increase or decrease the
number of samples tested The Reference Module Zero is used to monitor and record atmospheric pressure The
Base Coordinator is used to communicate with up to 50 Modules each programmed with a unique ID number and
system address If you have a system with less than 50 Modules more can be ordered to complete your system
When ordering additional Modules it is important to let ANKOM know what Module numbers you currently have
(for example 1-5) so that the new Modules can be programmed correctly for your system The Module number is
displayed on the Modulersquos label and on the chip plugged into the circuit board If your system is complete with 50
Modules and you would like to add more Modules an additional RFS Base Kit is required This second Base Kit
will communicate on a different network than the original It is possible to have as many as 5 Base Kits and 250
Modules in a facility
Each ANKOMRF
Gas Production System network requires a connection to a
unique laptop or desktop computer The computer does NOT have to be
dedicated to the ANKOM system
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are adding
Modules with temperature sensors to an existing system Existing Modules
can be upgraded to include temperature sensors Contact ANKOM for details
Safety Precautions
This system is designed to meet andor exceed the applicable standards of CE CSA NRTL and OSHA
WARNING For the 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth Glass Bottles never
apply pressure exceeding 10 psi while purging your system (eliminating
oxygen) or allow the pressure in the Bottles to exceed 10 psi (685 mbar)
during an experiment
For the 18 L wide-mouth bottles never let pressure exceed 1 psi
Always wear safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the
Modules
Using this system andor its components in a manner not specified by the manufacturer voids the warranty and may result in harm to the user
Please review the entire contents of this manual before you begin operating
this product
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 10 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 11
Instrument Setup ndash Equipment
Battery Connection
Before using your system you must connect the battery packs within each Module by connecting the male
connector on the battery pack to the female connector on the circuit board The locking tab must be facing the
adjacent white connector
Caution Damage to the circuit board and batteries can occur if the batteries
are connected backwards
Rechargeable batteries lose charge when not being used
Always charge your Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) for at least 3
hours just prior to their use A fully charged battery when plugged into a
Module should read 67 volts or higher on the GPM software screen
Typically a fully charged Rechargeable Battery Pack should be able to power
a Module for at least 10 days under normal conditions (20-40degC GPM
settings of 1 minute Live Interval and 1 Valve Open sequence per hour)
Individual performance may vary depending on testing conditions Although
Modules will function properly battery packs may have to be recharged at
more frequent intervals when operating at lower temperatures When
running the system remember to check the battery voltage daily and change
the battery pack when the voltage decreases to 63 volts or lower Changing
the battery pack during the run will not affect the results
Temperature Control
The Module Assembly (includes the Module connected to a Glass Bottle) can be placed in a cabinet incubator or in
a shallow water bath to maintain appropriate temperatures
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or water damage
will occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF
modules with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the
electronics Instead use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and
control the temperature and evaporation
Battery Connection
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 12 Rev F 101116
RF Communication
Radio Frequency (RF) technology allows the Modules to be located away from the Base Coordinator without the
need for cumbersome wire connections Although the RF signal from the Modules can be detected at distances of
10 ft or more for the best signal reception it is recommended that you place the Modules (including Reference
Module Zero) as close as possible to the Base Coordinator If necessary it is possible to extend the antenna from
the Base Coordinator with an ANKOM Antenna Extension Assembly (Part RF29 shown below) This will allow
you to place the antenna closer to the Modules
To install the antenna extension follow the steps below
(1) Screw the Antenna Extension Assembly (the female part of the ldquoTrdquo fitting) onto the Base Coordinator
(2) Screw the original Antenna (part 7143) onto the Antenna Extension Assembly at the male part of the
cable
Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29) connected to the Base Coordinator
1) When using the extension you should run the system with both antennas
connected as shown in the picture above The antenna closest to the Base
Coordinator will pick up the Reference Module Zero signal while the
antenna connected to the end of the extension cable will pick up the signals
from the modules
2) It is important to keep metal shelving or cabinets away from the Base
Coordinator and Modules to avoid interference with the component
antennas Metal may disrupt radio frequency and may cause delays in
system communications
T fitting
7143 Antenna
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 13
Instrument Setup ndash Software
Computer Software Requirements
To run the GPM software your computer must have the following programs
Windows XP or later
Microsoft Excel 2003 or later
Internet Explorer 50 or later
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
If not already loaded the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System installation program will install
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are using Modules
with temperature sensors
Instrument Software Installation
To install your GPM software follow the steps below
(1) Connect the Base Coordinator to a USB port on the computer that will run the GPM software so that the
necessary drivers can be installed
(2) Insert the GPM CD into your computer After a few moments the following window should open
showing the contents of the CD
If the window above does not display automatically on your screen then open
My Computer on your computer screen (If the My Computer icon is not
already on your desktop you can access it via the button in the
lower left corner of your desktop screen) With My Computer open double-
click on your CD device icon to open the window above
(3) Double-click the Setup icon in the window above The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 14 Rev F 101116
The version number on this message box will correspond to the GPM
software version you are installing
(4) Click the Nextgt button in the message box above to proceed with the software installation The following
message box is displayed
(5) In the message box above put a check mark in the box () next to ldquoI accept the terms of the License
Agreementrdquo by clicking on the box
(6) Click the Nextgt button and the following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 5
Introduction
ANKOM Technology designs manufactures and markets instruments and support products used by analytical
laboratories around the world in the environmental agricultural biomass and food industries ANKOM
Technology can provide you with products for determining or monitoring detergent fibers dietary fibers fat
digestibility microbial fermentation (anaerobic or aerobic) and more
Committed to Total Customer Satisfaction ANKOM designs every product based on a thorough assessment of
customer needs
Congratulations on your purchase of the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System We are confident that this product
will effectively serve your needs
This manual will provide you with details that will help you achieve the best possible results
Please review the entire manual before you begin operating this product
Warranty
ANKOM Technology warrants the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System against any defects in workmanship or
material for one year after the original date of purchase This warranty does not include damage to the instrument
resulting from neglect or misuse During the warranty period should any failure result from defects in
workmanship or materials ANKOM Technology will at its discretion repair or replace the instrument free of
charge
Extended warranties are available upon request
Operating Temperature 5-60degC
Contact Information
ANKOM Technology is committed to your total satisfaction and is therefore always available to help you get the
most from your ANKOM products We are also very interested in any comments or suggestions you may have to
help us improve
For any questions or suggestions regarding your instrument please contact us at
Telephone (315) 986-8090
Fax (315) 986-8091
wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 6 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 7
Instrument Description
General Description
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is designed to measure the kinetics of a microbial fermentation in an
automated fashion by monitoring the gas pressure within multiple Modules and remotely recording the data in
computer spreadsheets Equipped with a temperature sensor each Module can also monitor the temperature of its
environment The system can include up to 50 individual Modules that communicate information to a computer
using radio frequency (RF) transmission From the computer interface the operator can control numerous variables
such as data recording intervals and the automatic release of pressure through internal valves in each Module
Examples of Instrument Applications
Current and potential applications for the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System include but are not limited to Rumen
Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity Biomass-to-Fuel Biodegradability Biochemical Oxygen Demand
(BOD) Soil Quality and more
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 8 Rev F 101116
System Components
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System Base Kit includes the following components
5 ndash Modules (part RF1)
5 ndash Glass Bottles (bottle types to be chosen by the customer) ndash there is one Glass Bottle for each Module
1 ndash Reference Module Zero (ambient pressure only ndash part RF5)
6 ndash Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) ndash 1 in each Module and 1 in the Reference Module Zero
1 ndash 10 Station Battery Charger (part RF25)
1 ndash Base Coordinator w USB Cable (part RF2) and antenna (part 7143)
1 ndash Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29)
1 ndash CD containing the Computer Drivers and Operating Software (part RF3)
1 ndash Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22)
2 ndash Luer Check Valves (part 7139)
2 ndash Male Luer Caps (part 7147)
5 ndash Bottle Gaskets (part 7074)
1 ndash Sythetic Grease (part RF41)
A Module connected to a Glass Bottle is referred to as a Module Assembly
Glass Bottles Modules Synthetic Grease Bottle Gaskets Reference Module Zero
Luer Check Valves with Caps
Antenna Extension Assembly
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
Battery Charger
CD with Operating
Software
USB Cable
Base Coordinator
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 9
Adding Modules
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System has a modular design that allows the user to increase or decrease the
number of samples tested The Reference Module Zero is used to monitor and record atmospheric pressure The
Base Coordinator is used to communicate with up to 50 Modules each programmed with a unique ID number and
system address If you have a system with less than 50 Modules more can be ordered to complete your system
When ordering additional Modules it is important to let ANKOM know what Module numbers you currently have
(for example 1-5) so that the new Modules can be programmed correctly for your system The Module number is
displayed on the Modulersquos label and on the chip plugged into the circuit board If your system is complete with 50
Modules and you would like to add more Modules an additional RFS Base Kit is required This second Base Kit
will communicate on a different network than the original It is possible to have as many as 5 Base Kits and 250
Modules in a facility
Each ANKOMRF
Gas Production System network requires a connection to a
unique laptop or desktop computer The computer does NOT have to be
dedicated to the ANKOM system
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are adding
Modules with temperature sensors to an existing system Existing Modules
can be upgraded to include temperature sensors Contact ANKOM for details
Safety Precautions
This system is designed to meet andor exceed the applicable standards of CE CSA NRTL and OSHA
WARNING For the 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth Glass Bottles never
apply pressure exceeding 10 psi while purging your system (eliminating
oxygen) or allow the pressure in the Bottles to exceed 10 psi (685 mbar)
during an experiment
For the 18 L wide-mouth bottles never let pressure exceed 1 psi
Always wear safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the
Modules
Using this system andor its components in a manner not specified by the manufacturer voids the warranty and may result in harm to the user
Please review the entire contents of this manual before you begin operating
this product
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 10 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 11
Instrument Setup ndash Equipment
Battery Connection
Before using your system you must connect the battery packs within each Module by connecting the male
connector on the battery pack to the female connector on the circuit board The locking tab must be facing the
adjacent white connector
Caution Damage to the circuit board and batteries can occur if the batteries
are connected backwards
Rechargeable batteries lose charge when not being used
Always charge your Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) for at least 3
hours just prior to their use A fully charged battery when plugged into a
Module should read 67 volts or higher on the GPM software screen
Typically a fully charged Rechargeable Battery Pack should be able to power
a Module for at least 10 days under normal conditions (20-40degC GPM
settings of 1 minute Live Interval and 1 Valve Open sequence per hour)
Individual performance may vary depending on testing conditions Although
Modules will function properly battery packs may have to be recharged at
more frequent intervals when operating at lower temperatures When
running the system remember to check the battery voltage daily and change
the battery pack when the voltage decreases to 63 volts or lower Changing
the battery pack during the run will not affect the results
Temperature Control
The Module Assembly (includes the Module connected to a Glass Bottle) can be placed in a cabinet incubator or in
a shallow water bath to maintain appropriate temperatures
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or water damage
will occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF
modules with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the
electronics Instead use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and
control the temperature and evaporation
Battery Connection
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 12 Rev F 101116
RF Communication
Radio Frequency (RF) technology allows the Modules to be located away from the Base Coordinator without the
need for cumbersome wire connections Although the RF signal from the Modules can be detected at distances of
10 ft or more for the best signal reception it is recommended that you place the Modules (including Reference
Module Zero) as close as possible to the Base Coordinator If necessary it is possible to extend the antenna from
the Base Coordinator with an ANKOM Antenna Extension Assembly (Part RF29 shown below) This will allow
you to place the antenna closer to the Modules
To install the antenna extension follow the steps below
(1) Screw the Antenna Extension Assembly (the female part of the ldquoTrdquo fitting) onto the Base Coordinator
(2) Screw the original Antenna (part 7143) onto the Antenna Extension Assembly at the male part of the
cable
Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29) connected to the Base Coordinator
1) When using the extension you should run the system with both antennas
connected as shown in the picture above The antenna closest to the Base
Coordinator will pick up the Reference Module Zero signal while the
antenna connected to the end of the extension cable will pick up the signals
from the modules
2) It is important to keep metal shelving or cabinets away from the Base
Coordinator and Modules to avoid interference with the component
antennas Metal may disrupt radio frequency and may cause delays in
system communications
T fitting
7143 Antenna
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 13
Instrument Setup ndash Software
Computer Software Requirements
To run the GPM software your computer must have the following programs
Windows XP or later
Microsoft Excel 2003 or later
Internet Explorer 50 or later
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
If not already loaded the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System installation program will install
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are using Modules
with temperature sensors
Instrument Software Installation
To install your GPM software follow the steps below
(1) Connect the Base Coordinator to a USB port on the computer that will run the GPM software so that the
necessary drivers can be installed
(2) Insert the GPM CD into your computer After a few moments the following window should open
showing the contents of the CD
If the window above does not display automatically on your screen then open
My Computer on your computer screen (If the My Computer icon is not
already on your desktop you can access it via the button in the
lower left corner of your desktop screen) With My Computer open double-
click on your CD device icon to open the window above
(3) Double-click the Setup icon in the window above The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 14 Rev F 101116
The version number on this message box will correspond to the GPM
software version you are installing
(4) Click the Nextgt button in the message box above to proceed with the software installation The following
message box is displayed
(5) In the message box above put a check mark in the box () next to ldquoI accept the terms of the License
Agreementrdquo by clicking on the box
(6) Click the Nextgt button and the following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 6 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 7
Instrument Description
General Description
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is designed to measure the kinetics of a microbial fermentation in an
automated fashion by monitoring the gas pressure within multiple Modules and remotely recording the data in
computer spreadsheets Equipped with a temperature sensor each Module can also monitor the temperature of its
environment The system can include up to 50 individual Modules that communicate information to a computer
using radio frequency (RF) transmission From the computer interface the operator can control numerous variables
such as data recording intervals and the automatic release of pressure through internal valves in each Module
Examples of Instrument Applications
Current and potential applications for the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System include but are not limited to Rumen
Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity Biomass-to-Fuel Biodegradability Biochemical Oxygen Demand
(BOD) Soil Quality and more
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 8 Rev F 101116
System Components
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System Base Kit includes the following components
5 ndash Modules (part RF1)
5 ndash Glass Bottles (bottle types to be chosen by the customer) ndash there is one Glass Bottle for each Module
1 ndash Reference Module Zero (ambient pressure only ndash part RF5)
6 ndash Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) ndash 1 in each Module and 1 in the Reference Module Zero
1 ndash 10 Station Battery Charger (part RF25)
1 ndash Base Coordinator w USB Cable (part RF2) and antenna (part 7143)
1 ndash Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29)
1 ndash CD containing the Computer Drivers and Operating Software (part RF3)
1 ndash Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22)
2 ndash Luer Check Valves (part 7139)
2 ndash Male Luer Caps (part 7147)
5 ndash Bottle Gaskets (part 7074)
1 ndash Sythetic Grease (part RF41)
A Module connected to a Glass Bottle is referred to as a Module Assembly
Glass Bottles Modules Synthetic Grease Bottle Gaskets Reference Module Zero
Luer Check Valves with Caps
Antenna Extension Assembly
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
Battery Charger
CD with Operating
Software
USB Cable
Base Coordinator
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 9
Adding Modules
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System has a modular design that allows the user to increase or decrease the
number of samples tested The Reference Module Zero is used to monitor and record atmospheric pressure The
Base Coordinator is used to communicate with up to 50 Modules each programmed with a unique ID number and
system address If you have a system with less than 50 Modules more can be ordered to complete your system
When ordering additional Modules it is important to let ANKOM know what Module numbers you currently have
(for example 1-5) so that the new Modules can be programmed correctly for your system The Module number is
displayed on the Modulersquos label and on the chip plugged into the circuit board If your system is complete with 50
Modules and you would like to add more Modules an additional RFS Base Kit is required This second Base Kit
will communicate on a different network than the original It is possible to have as many as 5 Base Kits and 250
Modules in a facility
Each ANKOMRF
Gas Production System network requires a connection to a
unique laptop or desktop computer The computer does NOT have to be
dedicated to the ANKOM system
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are adding
Modules with temperature sensors to an existing system Existing Modules
can be upgraded to include temperature sensors Contact ANKOM for details
Safety Precautions
This system is designed to meet andor exceed the applicable standards of CE CSA NRTL and OSHA
WARNING For the 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth Glass Bottles never
apply pressure exceeding 10 psi while purging your system (eliminating
oxygen) or allow the pressure in the Bottles to exceed 10 psi (685 mbar)
during an experiment
For the 18 L wide-mouth bottles never let pressure exceed 1 psi
Always wear safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the
Modules
Using this system andor its components in a manner not specified by the manufacturer voids the warranty and may result in harm to the user
Please review the entire contents of this manual before you begin operating
this product
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 10 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 11
Instrument Setup ndash Equipment
Battery Connection
Before using your system you must connect the battery packs within each Module by connecting the male
connector on the battery pack to the female connector on the circuit board The locking tab must be facing the
adjacent white connector
Caution Damage to the circuit board and batteries can occur if the batteries
are connected backwards
Rechargeable batteries lose charge when not being used
Always charge your Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) for at least 3
hours just prior to their use A fully charged battery when plugged into a
Module should read 67 volts or higher on the GPM software screen
Typically a fully charged Rechargeable Battery Pack should be able to power
a Module for at least 10 days under normal conditions (20-40degC GPM
settings of 1 minute Live Interval and 1 Valve Open sequence per hour)
Individual performance may vary depending on testing conditions Although
Modules will function properly battery packs may have to be recharged at
more frequent intervals when operating at lower temperatures When
running the system remember to check the battery voltage daily and change
the battery pack when the voltage decreases to 63 volts or lower Changing
the battery pack during the run will not affect the results
Temperature Control
The Module Assembly (includes the Module connected to a Glass Bottle) can be placed in a cabinet incubator or in
a shallow water bath to maintain appropriate temperatures
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or water damage
will occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF
modules with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the
electronics Instead use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and
control the temperature and evaporation
Battery Connection
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 12 Rev F 101116
RF Communication
Radio Frequency (RF) technology allows the Modules to be located away from the Base Coordinator without the
need for cumbersome wire connections Although the RF signal from the Modules can be detected at distances of
10 ft or more for the best signal reception it is recommended that you place the Modules (including Reference
Module Zero) as close as possible to the Base Coordinator If necessary it is possible to extend the antenna from
the Base Coordinator with an ANKOM Antenna Extension Assembly (Part RF29 shown below) This will allow
you to place the antenna closer to the Modules
To install the antenna extension follow the steps below
(1) Screw the Antenna Extension Assembly (the female part of the ldquoTrdquo fitting) onto the Base Coordinator
(2) Screw the original Antenna (part 7143) onto the Antenna Extension Assembly at the male part of the
cable
Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29) connected to the Base Coordinator
1) When using the extension you should run the system with both antennas
connected as shown in the picture above The antenna closest to the Base
Coordinator will pick up the Reference Module Zero signal while the
antenna connected to the end of the extension cable will pick up the signals
from the modules
2) It is important to keep metal shelving or cabinets away from the Base
Coordinator and Modules to avoid interference with the component
antennas Metal may disrupt radio frequency and may cause delays in
system communications
T fitting
7143 Antenna
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 13
Instrument Setup ndash Software
Computer Software Requirements
To run the GPM software your computer must have the following programs
Windows XP or later
Microsoft Excel 2003 or later
Internet Explorer 50 or later
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
If not already loaded the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System installation program will install
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are using Modules
with temperature sensors
Instrument Software Installation
To install your GPM software follow the steps below
(1) Connect the Base Coordinator to a USB port on the computer that will run the GPM software so that the
necessary drivers can be installed
(2) Insert the GPM CD into your computer After a few moments the following window should open
showing the contents of the CD
If the window above does not display automatically on your screen then open
My Computer on your computer screen (If the My Computer icon is not
already on your desktop you can access it via the button in the
lower left corner of your desktop screen) With My Computer open double-
click on your CD device icon to open the window above
(3) Double-click the Setup icon in the window above The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 14 Rev F 101116
The version number on this message box will correspond to the GPM
software version you are installing
(4) Click the Nextgt button in the message box above to proceed with the software installation The following
message box is displayed
(5) In the message box above put a check mark in the box () next to ldquoI accept the terms of the License
Agreementrdquo by clicking on the box
(6) Click the Nextgt button and the following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 7
Instrument Description
General Description
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is designed to measure the kinetics of a microbial fermentation in an
automated fashion by monitoring the gas pressure within multiple Modules and remotely recording the data in
computer spreadsheets Equipped with a temperature sensor each Module can also monitor the temperature of its
environment The system can include up to 50 individual Modules that communicate information to a computer
using radio frequency (RF) transmission From the computer interface the operator can control numerous variables
such as data recording intervals and the automatic release of pressure through internal valves in each Module
Examples of Instrument Applications
Current and potential applications for the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System include but are not limited to Rumen
Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity Biomass-to-Fuel Biodegradability Biochemical Oxygen Demand
(BOD) Soil Quality and more
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 8 Rev F 101116
System Components
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System Base Kit includes the following components
5 ndash Modules (part RF1)
5 ndash Glass Bottles (bottle types to be chosen by the customer) ndash there is one Glass Bottle for each Module
1 ndash Reference Module Zero (ambient pressure only ndash part RF5)
6 ndash Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) ndash 1 in each Module and 1 in the Reference Module Zero
1 ndash 10 Station Battery Charger (part RF25)
1 ndash Base Coordinator w USB Cable (part RF2) and antenna (part 7143)
1 ndash Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29)
1 ndash CD containing the Computer Drivers and Operating Software (part RF3)
1 ndash Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22)
2 ndash Luer Check Valves (part 7139)
2 ndash Male Luer Caps (part 7147)
5 ndash Bottle Gaskets (part 7074)
1 ndash Sythetic Grease (part RF41)
A Module connected to a Glass Bottle is referred to as a Module Assembly
Glass Bottles Modules Synthetic Grease Bottle Gaskets Reference Module Zero
Luer Check Valves with Caps
Antenna Extension Assembly
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
Battery Charger
CD with Operating
Software
USB Cable
Base Coordinator
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 9
Adding Modules
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System has a modular design that allows the user to increase or decrease the
number of samples tested The Reference Module Zero is used to monitor and record atmospheric pressure The
Base Coordinator is used to communicate with up to 50 Modules each programmed with a unique ID number and
system address If you have a system with less than 50 Modules more can be ordered to complete your system
When ordering additional Modules it is important to let ANKOM know what Module numbers you currently have
(for example 1-5) so that the new Modules can be programmed correctly for your system The Module number is
displayed on the Modulersquos label and on the chip plugged into the circuit board If your system is complete with 50
Modules and you would like to add more Modules an additional RFS Base Kit is required This second Base Kit
will communicate on a different network than the original It is possible to have as many as 5 Base Kits and 250
Modules in a facility
Each ANKOMRF
Gas Production System network requires a connection to a
unique laptop or desktop computer The computer does NOT have to be
dedicated to the ANKOM system
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are adding
Modules with temperature sensors to an existing system Existing Modules
can be upgraded to include temperature sensors Contact ANKOM for details
Safety Precautions
This system is designed to meet andor exceed the applicable standards of CE CSA NRTL and OSHA
WARNING For the 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth Glass Bottles never
apply pressure exceeding 10 psi while purging your system (eliminating
oxygen) or allow the pressure in the Bottles to exceed 10 psi (685 mbar)
during an experiment
For the 18 L wide-mouth bottles never let pressure exceed 1 psi
Always wear safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the
Modules
Using this system andor its components in a manner not specified by the manufacturer voids the warranty and may result in harm to the user
Please review the entire contents of this manual before you begin operating
this product
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 10 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 11
Instrument Setup ndash Equipment
Battery Connection
Before using your system you must connect the battery packs within each Module by connecting the male
connector on the battery pack to the female connector on the circuit board The locking tab must be facing the
adjacent white connector
Caution Damage to the circuit board and batteries can occur if the batteries
are connected backwards
Rechargeable batteries lose charge when not being used
Always charge your Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) for at least 3
hours just prior to their use A fully charged battery when plugged into a
Module should read 67 volts or higher on the GPM software screen
Typically a fully charged Rechargeable Battery Pack should be able to power
a Module for at least 10 days under normal conditions (20-40degC GPM
settings of 1 minute Live Interval and 1 Valve Open sequence per hour)
Individual performance may vary depending on testing conditions Although
Modules will function properly battery packs may have to be recharged at
more frequent intervals when operating at lower temperatures When
running the system remember to check the battery voltage daily and change
the battery pack when the voltage decreases to 63 volts or lower Changing
the battery pack during the run will not affect the results
Temperature Control
The Module Assembly (includes the Module connected to a Glass Bottle) can be placed in a cabinet incubator or in
a shallow water bath to maintain appropriate temperatures
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or water damage
will occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF
modules with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the
electronics Instead use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and
control the temperature and evaporation
Battery Connection
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 12 Rev F 101116
RF Communication
Radio Frequency (RF) technology allows the Modules to be located away from the Base Coordinator without the
need for cumbersome wire connections Although the RF signal from the Modules can be detected at distances of
10 ft or more for the best signal reception it is recommended that you place the Modules (including Reference
Module Zero) as close as possible to the Base Coordinator If necessary it is possible to extend the antenna from
the Base Coordinator with an ANKOM Antenna Extension Assembly (Part RF29 shown below) This will allow
you to place the antenna closer to the Modules
To install the antenna extension follow the steps below
(1) Screw the Antenna Extension Assembly (the female part of the ldquoTrdquo fitting) onto the Base Coordinator
(2) Screw the original Antenna (part 7143) onto the Antenna Extension Assembly at the male part of the
cable
Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29) connected to the Base Coordinator
1) When using the extension you should run the system with both antennas
connected as shown in the picture above The antenna closest to the Base
Coordinator will pick up the Reference Module Zero signal while the
antenna connected to the end of the extension cable will pick up the signals
from the modules
2) It is important to keep metal shelving or cabinets away from the Base
Coordinator and Modules to avoid interference with the component
antennas Metal may disrupt radio frequency and may cause delays in
system communications
T fitting
7143 Antenna
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 13
Instrument Setup ndash Software
Computer Software Requirements
To run the GPM software your computer must have the following programs
Windows XP or later
Microsoft Excel 2003 or later
Internet Explorer 50 or later
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
If not already loaded the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System installation program will install
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are using Modules
with temperature sensors
Instrument Software Installation
To install your GPM software follow the steps below
(1) Connect the Base Coordinator to a USB port on the computer that will run the GPM software so that the
necessary drivers can be installed
(2) Insert the GPM CD into your computer After a few moments the following window should open
showing the contents of the CD
If the window above does not display automatically on your screen then open
My Computer on your computer screen (If the My Computer icon is not
already on your desktop you can access it via the button in the
lower left corner of your desktop screen) With My Computer open double-
click on your CD device icon to open the window above
(3) Double-click the Setup icon in the window above The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 14 Rev F 101116
The version number on this message box will correspond to the GPM
software version you are installing
(4) Click the Nextgt button in the message box above to proceed with the software installation The following
message box is displayed
(5) In the message box above put a check mark in the box () next to ldquoI accept the terms of the License
Agreementrdquo by clicking on the box
(6) Click the Nextgt button and the following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 8 Rev F 101116
System Components
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System Base Kit includes the following components
5 ndash Modules (part RF1)
5 ndash Glass Bottles (bottle types to be chosen by the customer) ndash there is one Glass Bottle for each Module
1 ndash Reference Module Zero (ambient pressure only ndash part RF5)
6 ndash Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) ndash 1 in each Module and 1 in the Reference Module Zero
1 ndash 10 Station Battery Charger (part RF25)
1 ndash Base Coordinator w USB Cable (part RF2) and antenna (part 7143)
1 ndash Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29)
1 ndash CD containing the Computer Drivers and Operating Software (part RF3)
1 ndash Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22)
2 ndash Luer Check Valves (part 7139)
2 ndash Male Luer Caps (part 7147)
5 ndash Bottle Gaskets (part 7074)
1 ndash Sythetic Grease (part RF41)
A Module connected to a Glass Bottle is referred to as a Module Assembly
Glass Bottles Modules Synthetic Grease Bottle Gaskets Reference Module Zero
Luer Check Valves with Caps
Antenna Extension Assembly
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
Battery Charger
CD with Operating
Software
USB Cable
Base Coordinator
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 9
Adding Modules
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System has a modular design that allows the user to increase or decrease the
number of samples tested The Reference Module Zero is used to monitor and record atmospheric pressure The
Base Coordinator is used to communicate with up to 50 Modules each programmed with a unique ID number and
system address If you have a system with less than 50 Modules more can be ordered to complete your system
When ordering additional Modules it is important to let ANKOM know what Module numbers you currently have
(for example 1-5) so that the new Modules can be programmed correctly for your system The Module number is
displayed on the Modulersquos label and on the chip plugged into the circuit board If your system is complete with 50
Modules and you would like to add more Modules an additional RFS Base Kit is required This second Base Kit
will communicate on a different network than the original It is possible to have as many as 5 Base Kits and 250
Modules in a facility
Each ANKOMRF
Gas Production System network requires a connection to a
unique laptop or desktop computer The computer does NOT have to be
dedicated to the ANKOM system
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are adding
Modules with temperature sensors to an existing system Existing Modules
can be upgraded to include temperature sensors Contact ANKOM for details
Safety Precautions
This system is designed to meet andor exceed the applicable standards of CE CSA NRTL and OSHA
WARNING For the 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth Glass Bottles never
apply pressure exceeding 10 psi while purging your system (eliminating
oxygen) or allow the pressure in the Bottles to exceed 10 psi (685 mbar)
during an experiment
For the 18 L wide-mouth bottles never let pressure exceed 1 psi
Always wear safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the
Modules
Using this system andor its components in a manner not specified by the manufacturer voids the warranty and may result in harm to the user
Please review the entire contents of this manual before you begin operating
this product
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 10 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 11
Instrument Setup ndash Equipment
Battery Connection
Before using your system you must connect the battery packs within each Module by connecting the male
connector on the battery pack to the female connector on the circuit board The locking tab must be facing the
adjacent white connector
Caution Damage to the circuit board and batteries can occur if the batteries
are connected backwards
Rechargeable batteries lose charge when not being used
Always charge your Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) for at least 3
hours just prior to their use A fully charged battery when plugged into a
Module should read 67 volts or higher on the GPM software screen
Typically a fully charged Rechargeable Battery Pack should be able to power
a Module for at least 10 days under normal conditions (20-40degC GPM
settings of 1 minute Live Interval and 1 Valve Open sequence per hour)
Individual performance may vary depending on testing conditions Although
Modules will function properly battery packs may have to be recharged at
more frequent intervals when operating at lower temperatures When
running the system remember to check the battery voltage daily and change
the battery pack when the voltage decreases to 63 volts or lower Changing
the battery pack during the run will not affect the results
Temperature Control
The Module Assembly (includes the Module connected to a Glass Bottle) can be placed in a cabinet incubator or in
a shallow water bath to maintain appropriate temperatures
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or water damage
will occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF
modules with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the
electronics Instead use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and
control the temperature and evaporation
Battery Connection
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 12 Rev F 101116
RF Communication
Radio Frequency (RF) technology allows the Modules to be located away from the Base Coordinator without the
need for cumbersome wire connections Although the RF signal from the Modules can be detected at distances of
10 ft or more for the best signal reception it is recommended that you place the Modules (including Reference
Module Zero) as close as possible to the Base Coordinator If necessary it is possible to extend the antenna from
the Base Coordinator with an ANKOM Antenna Extension Assembly (Part RF29 shown below) This will allow
you to place the antenna closer to the Modules
To install the antenna extension follow the steps below
(1) Screw the Antenna Extension Assembly (the female part of the ldquoTrdquo fitting) onto the Base Coordinator
(2) Screw the original Antenna (part 7143) onto the Antenna Extension Assembly at the male part of the
cable
Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29) connected to the Base Coordinator
1) When using the extension you should run the system with both antennas
connected as shown in the picture above The antenna closest to the Base
Coordinator will pick up the Reference Module Zero signal while the
antenna connected to the end of the extension cable will pick up the signals
from the modules
2) It is important to keep metal shelving or cabinets away from the Base
Coordinator and Modules to avoid interference with the component
antennas Metal may disrupt radio frequency and may cause delays in
system communications
T fitting
7143 Antenna
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 13
Instrument Setup ndash Software
Computer Software Requirements
To run the GPM software your computer must have the following programs
Windows XP or later
Microsoft Excel 2003 or later
Internet Explorer 50 or later
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
If not already loaded the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System installation program will install
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are using Modules
with temperature sensors
Instrument Software Installation
To install your GPM software follow the steps below
(1) Connect the Base Coordinator to a USB port on the computer that will run the GPM software so that the
necessary drivers can be installed
(2) Insert the GPM CD into your computer After a few moments the following window should open
showing the contents of the CD
If the window above does not display automatically on your screen then open
My Computer on your computer screen (If the My Computer icon is not
already on your desktop you can access it via the button in the
lower left corner of your desktop screen) With My Computer open double-
click on your CD device icon to open the window above
(3) Double-click the Setup icon in the window above The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 14 Rev F 101116
The version number on this message box will correspond to the GPM
software version you are installing
(4) Click the Nextgt button in the message box above to proceed with the software installation The following
message box is displayed
(5) In the message box above put a check mark in the box () next to ldquoI accept the terms of the License
Agreementrdquo by clicking on the box
(6) Click the Nextgt button and the following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 9
Adding Modules
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System has a modular design that allows the user to increase or decrease the
number of samples tested The Reference Module Zero is used to monitor and record atmospheric pressure The
Base Coordinator is used to communicate with up to 50 Modules each programmed with a unique ID number and
system address If you have a system with less than 50 Modules more can be ordered to complete your system
When ordering additional Modules it is important to let ANKOM know what Module numbers you currently have
(for example 1-5) so that the new Modules can be programmed correctly for your system The Module number is
displayed on the Modulersquos label and on the chip plugged into the circuit board If your system is complete with 50
Modules and you would like to add more Modules an additional RFS Base Kit is required This second Base Kit
will communicate on a different network than the original It is possible to have as many as 5 Base Kits and 250
Modules in a facility
Each ANKOMRF
Gas Production System network requires a connection to a
unique laptop or desktop computer The computer does NOT have to be
dedicated to the ANKOM system
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are adding
Modules with temperature sensors to an existing system Existing Modules
can be upgraded to include temperature sensors Contact ANKOM for details
Safety Precautions
This system is designed to meet andor exceed the applicable standards of CE CSA NRTL and OSHA
WARNING For the 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth Glass Bottles never
apply pressure exceeding 10 psi while purging your system (eliminating
oxygen) or allow the pressure in the Bottles to exceed 10 psi (685 mbar)
during an experiment
For the 18 L wide-mouth bottles never let pressure exceed 1 psi
Always wear safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the
Modules
Using this system andor its components in a manner not specified by the manufacturer voids the warranty and may result in harm to the user
Please review the entire contents of this manual before you begin operating
this product
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 10 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 11
Instrument Setup ndash Equipment
Battery Connection
Before using your system you must connect the battery packs within each Module by connecting the male
connector on the battery pack to the female connector on the circuit board The locking tab must be facing the
adjacent white connector
Caution Damage to the circuit board and batteries can occur if the batteries
are connected backwards
Rechargeable batteries lose charge when not being used
Always charge your Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) for at least 3
hours just prior to their use A fully charged battery when plugged into a
Module should read 67 volts or higher on the GPM software screen
Typically a fully charged Rechargeable Battery Pack should be able to power
a Module for at least 10 days under normal conditions (20-40degC GPM
settings of 1 minute Live Interval and 1 Valve Open sequence per hour)
Individual performance may vary depending on testing conditions Although
Modules will function properly battery packs may have to be recharged at
more frequent intervals when operating at lower temperatures When
running the system remember to check the battery voltage daily and change
the battery pack when the voltage decreases to 63 volts or lower Changing
the battery pack during the run will not affect the results
Temperature Control
The Module Assembly (includes the Module connected to a Glass Bottle) can be placed in a cabinet incubator or in
a shallow water bath to maintain appropriate temperatures
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or water damage
will occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF
modules with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the
electronics Instead use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and
control the temperature and evaporation
Battery Connection
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 12 Rev F 101116
RF Communication
Radio Frequency (RF) technology allows the Modules to be located away from the Base Coordinator without the
need for cumbersome wire connections Although the RF signal from the Modules can be detected at distances of
10 ft or more for the best signal reception it is recommended that you place the Modules (including Reference
Module Zero) as close as possible to the Base Coordinator If necessary it is possible to extend the antenna from
the Base Coordinator with an ANKOM Antenna Extension Assembly (Part RF29 shown below) This will allow
you to place the antenna closer to the Modules
To install the antenna extension follow the steps below
(1) Screw the Antenna Extension Assembly (the female part of the ldquoTrdquo fitting) onto the Base Coordinator
(2) Screw the original Antenna (part 7143) onto the Antenna Extension Assembly at the male part of the
cable
Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29) connected to the Base Coordinator
1) When using the extension you should run the system with both antennas
connected as shown in the picture above The antenna closest to the Base
Coordinator will pick up the Reference Module Zero signal while the
antenna connected to the end of the extension cable will pick up the signals
from the modules
2) It is important to keep metal shelving or cabinets away from the Base
Coordinator and Modules to avoid interference with the component
antennas Metal may disrupt radio frequency and may cause delays in
system communications
T fitting
7143 Antenna
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 13
Instrument Setup ndash Software
Computer Software Requirements
To run the GPM software your computer must have the following programs
Windows XP or later
Microsoft Excel 2003 or later
Internet Explorer 50 or later
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
If not already loaded the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System installation program will install
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are using Modules
with temperature sensors
Instrument Software Installation
To install your GPM software follow the steps below
(1) Connect the Base Coordinator to a USB port on the computer that will run the GPM software so that the
necessary drivers can be installed
(2) Insert the GPM CD into your computer After a few moments the following window should open
showing the contents of the CD
If the window above does not display automatically on your screen then open
My Computer on your computer screen (If the My Computer icon is not
already on your desktop you can access it via the button in the
lower left corner of your desktop screen) With My Computer open double-
click on your CD device icon to open the window above
(3) Double-click the Setup icon in the window above The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 14 Rev F 101116
The version number on this message box will correspond to the GPM
software version you are installing
(4) Click the Nextgt button in the message box above to proceed with the software installation The following
message box is displayed
(5) In the message box above put a check mark in the box () next to ldquoI accept the terms of the License
Agreementrdquo by clicking on the box
(6) Click the Nextgt button and the following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 10 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 11
Instrument Setup ndash Equipment
Battery Connection
Before using your system you must connect the battery packs within each Module by connecting the male
connector on the battery pack to the female connector on the circuit board The locking tab must be facing the
adjacent white connector
Caution Damage to the circuit board and batteries can occur if the batteries
are connected backwards
Rechargeable batteries lose charge when not being used
Always charge your Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) for at least 3
hours just prior to their use A fully charged battery when plugged into a
Module should read 67 volts or higher on the GPM software screen
Typically a fully charged Rechargeable Battery Pack should be able to power
a Module for at least 10 days under normal conditions (20-40degC GPM
settings of 1 minute Live Interval and 1 Valve Open sequence per hour)
Individual performance may vary depending on testing conditions Although
Modules will function properly battery packs may have to be recharged at
more frequent intervals when operating at lower temperatures When
running the system remember to check the battery voltage daily and change
the battery pack when the voltage decreases to 63 volts or lower Changing
the battery pack during the run will not affect the results
Temperature Control
The Module Assembly (includes the Module connected to a Glass Bottle) can be placed in a cabinet incubator or in
a shallow water bath to maintain appropriate temperatures
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or water damage
will occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF
modules with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the
electronics Instead use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and
control the temperature and evaporation
Battery Connection
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 12 Rev F 101116
RF Communication
Radio Frequency (RF) technology allows the Modules to be located away from the Base Coordinator without the
need for cumbersome wire connections Although the RF signal from the Modules can be detected at distances of
10 ft or more for the best signal reception it is recommended that you place the Modules (including Reference
Module Zero) as close as possible to the Base Coordinator If necessary it is possible to extend the antenna from
the Base Coordinator with an ANKOM Antenna Extension Assembly (Part RF29 shown below) This will allow
you to place the antenna closer to the Modules
To install the antenna extension follow the steps below
(1) Screw the Antenna Extension Assembly (the female part of the ldquoTrdquo fitting) onto the Base Coordinator
(2) Screw the original Antenna (part 7143) onto the Antenna Extension Assembly at the male part of the
cable
Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29) connected to the Base Coordinator
1) When using the extension you should run the system with both antennas
connected as shown in the picture above The antenna closest to the Base
Coordinator will pick up the Reference Module Zero signal while the
antenna connected to the end of the extension cable will pick up the signals
from the modules
2) It is important to keep metal shelving or cabinets away from the Base
Coordinator and Modules to avoid interference with the component
antennas Metal may disrupt radio frequency and may cause delays in
system communications
T fitting
7143 Antenna
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 13
Instrument Setup ndash Software
Computer Software Requirements
To run the GPM software your computer must have the following programs
Windows XP or later
Microsoft Excel 2003 or later
Internet Explorer 50 or later
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
If not already loaded the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System installation program will install
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are using Modules
with temperature sensors
Instrument Software Installation
To install your GPM software follow the steps below
(1) Connect the Base Coordinator to a USB port on the computer that will run the GPM software so that the
necessary drivers can be installed
(2) Insert the GPM CD into your computer After a few moments the following window should open
showing the contents of the CD
If the window above does not display automatically on your screen then open
My Computer on your computer screen (If the My Computer icon is not
already on your desktop you can access it via the button in the
lower left corner of your desktop screen) With My Computer open double-
click on your CD device icon to open the window above
(3) Double-click the Setup icon in the window above The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 14 Rev F 101116
The version number on this message box will correspond to the GPM
software version you are installing
(4) Click the Nextgt button in the message box above to proceed with the software installation The following
message box is displayed
(5) In the message box above put a check mark in the box () next to ldquoI accept the terms of the License
Agreementrdquo by clicking on the box
(6) Click the Nextgt button and the following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 11
Instrument Setup ndash Equipment
Battery Connection
Before using your system you must connect the battery packs within each Module by connecting the male
connector on the battery pack to the female connector on the circuit board The locking tab must be facing the
adjacent white connector
Caution Damage to the circuit board and batteries can occur if the batteries
are connected backwards
Rechargeable batteries lose charge when not being used
Always charge your Rechargeable Battery Packs (part RF16) for at least 3
hours just prior to their use A fully charged battery when plugged into a
Module should read 67 volts or higher on the GPM software screen
Typically a fully charged Rechargeable Battery Pack should be able to power
a Module for at least 10 days under normal conditions (20-40degC GPM
settings of 1 minute Live Interval and 1 Valve Open sequence per hour)
Individual performance may vary depending on testing conditions Although
Modules will function properly battery packs may have to be recharged at
more frequent intervals when operating at lower temperatures When
running the system remember to check the battery voltage daily and change
the battery pack when the voltage decreases to 63 volts or lower Changing
the battery pack during the run will not affect the results
Temperature Control
The Module Assembly (includes the Module connected to a Glass Bottle) can be placed in a cabinet incubator or in
a shallow water bath to maintain appropriate temperatures
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or water damage
will occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF
modules with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the
electronics Instead use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and
control the temperature and evaporation
Battery Connection
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 12 Rev F 101116
RF Communication
Radio Frequency (RF) technology allows the Modules to be located away from the Base Coordinator without the
need for cumbersome wire connections Although the RF signal from the Modules can be detected at distances of
10 ft or more for the best signal reception it is recommended that you place the Modules (including Reference
Module Zero) as close as possible to the Base Coordinator If necessary it is possible to extend the antenna from
the Base Coordinator with an ANKOM Antenna Extension Assembly (Part RF29 shown below) This will allow
you to place the antenna closer to the Modules
To install the antenna extension follow the steps below
(1) Screw the Antenna Extension Assembly (the female part of the ldquoTrdquo fitting) onto the Base Coordinator
(2) Screw the original Antenna (part 7143) onto the Antenna Extension Assembly at the male part of the
cable
Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29) connected to the Base Coordinator
1) When using the extension you should run the system with both antennas
connected as shown in the picture above The antenna closest to the Base
Coordinator will pick up the Reference Module Zero signal while the
antenna connected to the end of the extension cable will pick up the signals
from the modules
2) It is important to keep metal shelving or cabinets away from the Base
Coordinator and Modules to avoid interference with the component
antennas Metal may disrupt radio frequency and may cause delays in
system communications
T fitting
7143 Antenna
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 13
Instrument Setup ndash Software
Computer Software Requirements
To run the GPM software your computer must have the following programs
Windows XP or later
Microsoft Excel 2003 or later
Internet Explorer 50 or later
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
If not already loaded the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System installation program will install
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are using Modules
with temperature sensors
Instrument Software Installation
To install your GPM software follow the steps below
(1) Connect the Base Coordinator to a USB port on the computer that will run the GPM software so that the
necessary drivers can be installed
(2) Insert the GPM CD into your computer After a few moments the following window should open
showing the contents of the CD
If the window above does not display automatically on your screen then open
My Computer on your computer screen (If the My Computer icon is not
already on your desktop you can access it via the button in the
lower left corner of your desktop screen) With My Computer open double-
click on your CD device icon to open the window above
(3) Double-click the Setup icon in the window above The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 14 Rev F 101116
The version number on this message box will correspond to the GPM
software version you are installing
(4) Click the Nextgt button in the message box above to proceed with the software installation The following
message box is displayed
(5) In the message box above put a check mark in the box () next to ldquoI accept the terms of the License
Agreementrdquo by clicking on the box
(6) Click the Nextgt button and the following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 12 Rev F 101116
RF Communication
Radio Frequency (RF) technology allows the Modules to be located away from the Base Coordinator without the
need for cumbersome wire connections Although the RF signal from the Modules can be detected at distances of
10 ft or more for the best signal reception it is recommended that you place the Modules (including Reference
Module Zero) as close as possible to the Base Coordinator If necessary it is possible to extend the antenna from
the Base Coordinator with an ANKOM Antenna Extension Assembly (Part RF29 shown below) This will allow
you to place the antenna closer to the Modules
To install the antenna extension follow the steps below
(1) Screw the Antenna Extension Assembly (the female part of the ldquoTrdquo fitting) onto the Base Coordinator
(2) Screw the original Antenna (part 7143) onto the Antenna Extension Assembly at the male part of the
cable
Antenna Extension Assembly (part RF29) connected to the Base Coordinator
1) When using the extension you should run the system with both antennas
connected as shown in the picture above The antenna closest to the Base
Coordinator will pick up the Reference Module Zero signal while the
antenna connected to the end of the extension cable will pick up the signals
from the modules
2) It is important to keep metal shelving or cabinets away from the Base
Coordinator and Modules to avoid interference with the component
antennas Metal may disrupt radio frequency and may cause delays in
system communications
T fitting
7143 Antenna
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 13
Instrument Setup ndash Software
Computer Software Requirements
To run the GPM software your computer must have the following programs
Windows XP or later
Microsoft Excel 2003 or later
Internet Explorer 50 or later
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
If not already loaded the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System installation program will install
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are using Modules
with temperature sensors
Instrument Software Installation
To install your GPM software follow the steps below
(1) Connect the Base Coordinator to a USB port on the computer that will run the GPM software so that the
necessary drivers can be installed
(2) Insert the GPM CD into your computer After a few moments the following window should open
showing the contents of the CD
If the window above does not display automatically on your screen then open
My Computer on your computer screen (If the My Computer icon is not
already on your desktop you can access it via the button in the
lower left corner of your desktop screen) With My Computer open double-
click on your CD device icon to open the window above
(3) Double-click the Setup icon in the window above The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 14 Rev F 101116
The version number on this message box will correspond to the GPM
software version you are installing
(4) Click the Nextgt button in the message box above to proceed with the software installation The following
message box is displayed
(5) In the message box above put a check mark in the box () next to ldquoI accept the terms of the License
Agreementrdquo by clicking on the box
(6) Click the Nextgt button and the following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 13
Instrument Setup ndash Software
Computer Software Requirements
To run the GPM software your computer must have the following programs
Windows XP or later
Microsoft Excel 2003 or later
Internet Explorer 50 or later
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
If not already loaded the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System installation program will install
MicrosoftNet
Windows Installer
You must run GPM software version 971 or greater if you are using Modules
with temperature sensors
Instrument Software Installation
To install your GPM software follow the steps below
(1) Connect the Base Coordinator to a USB port on the computer that will run the GPM software so that the
necessary drivers can be installed
(2) Insert the GPM CD into your computer After a few moments the following window should open
showing the contents of the CD
If the window above does not display automatically on your screen then open
My Computer on your computer screen (If the My Computer icon is not
already on your desktop you can access it via the button in the
lower left corner of your desktop screen) With My Computer open double-
click on your CD device icon to open the window above
(3) Double-click the Setup icon in the window above The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 14 Rev F 101116
The version number on this message box will correspond to the GPM
software version you are installing
(4) Click the Nextgt button in the message box above to proceed with the software installation The following
message box is displayed
(5) In the message box above put a check mark in the box () next to ldquoI accept the terms of the License
Agreementrdquo by clicking on the box
(6) Click the Nextgt button and the following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 14 Rev F 101116
The version number on this message box will correspond to the GPM
software version you are installing
(4) Click the Nextgt button in the message box above to proceed with the software installation The following
message box is displayed
(5) In the message box above put a check mark in the box () next to ldquoI accept the terms of the License
Agreementrdquo by clicking on the box
(6) Click the Nextgt button and the following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 15
(7) In the message box above the Destination Folder box shows the name of the folder path in which your
GPM software program will be stored If the name is not what you want it to be then type the name of
the folder or click the Browse button to go to the folder in which you would like to store this program
(8) In the message box above click the Install button If there is already a version of the GPM software
installed on your computer the following message box will be displayed Otherwise you will see the
installation begin in which case you can skip step 8 and go right to step 9
(9) To load the updated GPM software click the OK button The following message box is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 16 Rev F 101116
(10) When the message box above shows that the installation is complete click the Nextgt button and the
following message box is displayed
(11) If you want to immediately start the GPM software then ensure that a check mark () is in the box next
to Run Gas Pressure Monitor xxxx (this refers to the specific version of software that you are
installing) in the message box above If it is not checked and you want it to be then click the check box
(12) To complete the installation click the Finish button in the message box above
After executing the Software Installation procedure detailed above the GPM program is installed on your
computer and the following GPM icon is placed on your desktop
To use the GPM software double-click the GPM icon on your computer desktop
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 17
Instrument Software Functionality
Color Coding Definitions
The GPM software uses a color coding scheme to help you clearly identify specific conditions within your data As
you review the rest of this document and as you work with your system please keep in mind the following color
coding definitions
A ldquocellrdquo is one element of data within either the Live View table or the
Recording View table See the Screen layout section below for more details
A cell is shaded LIGHT BLUE when the pressure within that Module climbs above the Pressure Release value specified for the respective Module When this happens at the next live interval the
valve briefly opens and vents the gas until the pressure is correct
A cell is shaded ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes of continuous time
A cell is shaded GREEN when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 63 volts or higher
A cell is shaded YELLOW for one of two reasons
(1) the battery voltage for the associated Module is greater than 60 and less than 63 volts or
(2) a Module has re-established communications with the computer after being disconnected for
at least 5 minutes Cells in the Recording View turn from ORANGE to YELLOW when this
happens
A cell is shaded RED when the battery voltage for the associated Module is 60 volts or lower
When no Reference Module Zero is connected the Current Pressure cell in column zero of the Live
View is shaded PINK and displays a pressure of 145 If data recording begins with no Reference
Module Zero connected cells in column zero of the Recording View are shaded PINK and display a
pressure of 145
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 18 Rev F 101116
Auto Graphing
In addition to capturing the data points for pressure and temperature the GPM software has an Auto Graphing
capability that displays line graphs for the cumulative pressure and absolute temperature for each selected Module
within a study The pressure and temperature graphs can be viewed on separate screens or together on one screen
Examples of these graphs are shown below
Sections of each graph can be enlarged by holding down the left button on the computer mouse and dragging the
cursor over the section of interest
You can also pan to different parts of the graph by holding the center mouse button and dragging the computer
mouse
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 19
When you right click on any of the graphs the following menu will be displayed
From this menu you have the following options
Copy ndash copies the graph to the clipboard from which it can be pasted into a document
Save Image As ndash saves the graph in a selectable image format
Change background color ndash allows the user to change the background color of the graphs
Change line color ndash allows the user to change the colors of the graph lines
Page Setup ndash allows for modifications to the print configuration
Print ndash prints the graph
Show Point Values ndash allows the user to identify data points when hovering over the graph with the
computer mouse
Un-Zoom ndash returns the graph to the default view if the graph has been enlarged
Undo All ZoomPan ndash returns the graph to the default view if any zooming or panning has occurred
The ldquoSet Scale to Defaultrdquo option has no function within this application
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the
graphs themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore
you can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing
feature within MS-Excel
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 20 Rev F 101116
Screen layout
The screen below contains all the controls and data associated with the operation of this system In this document
we have added some numbers in RED to the screen image to identify the functions described below These
numbers will NOT show on your computer screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
The main screen is divided into 3 sections
Configuration View The Configuration View is on the left side of the GPM screen and it displays the
configurable features of the program Parameters in the Configuration View are saved
when you exit the program
Live View The Live View is at the top of the GPM screen and it displays the current status of the
modules The status will be updated based on the time interval specified in the Live Interval box on the Configuration View
Recording View The Recording View is in the center part of the GPM screen and it displays the data
recorded during the use of the system (tabs numbered 16 ndash 19) along with data graphs
(tabs numbered 20 ndash 22) that are automatically generated to provide the user with a
visual indication of the data being recorded during the gas study The graphs from tabs
20 ndash 22 are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete (See the ldquoAuto
Graphingrdquo section in this manual for further details)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Live View
Recording View Configuration View
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 21
Following is a description of the individual components displayed on the GPM screen
1 Live Interval ndash This box contains the time gap (in seconds) between each instance of Module-to-computer
communication This interval can contain values up to 60 sec During setup this time frame is usually set
to very short intervals to permit rapid responses to manual commands Longer live intervals are
recommended during studies to preserve battery life
2 Recording Interval ndash This is the time between recordings of the pressure readings Changing this value
has no impact on battery life
For best results the Live Interval should be set so that there are at least 2 Live
Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want to record data
every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2 minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
3 Open Valves ndash When you click this button you open all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a check mark () in each cell of the Valve Open row that has a
live module To preserve battery life the valves will only remain open for 3 minutes
Close Valves ndash When you click this button you close all valves at one time (at the next live interval)
After clicking this button you will see a blank box () in each cell of the Valve Open row
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
4 Global Release ndash The value in this box is used for all modules as the upper threshold value above which
pressure will be automatically released from the system After entering a value click the Set button so the
value is recognized by the system You can still change the value for each individual module if you
desire
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the release pressure to
a value no greater than 1 psi
5 Pressure Units ndash You can select psi or mbar units to apply to the value entered into the Global Release
box and to the values being recorded by the system
Set your Pressure Units before you click the Record button You can NOT
change them while the experiment is running and the system is collecting data
6 Temperature Units ndash You can select Fahrenheit or Celsius
7 Record ndash When you click this button you start recording the pressure and temperature data
Stop ndash When you click this button you stop recording the pressure and temperature data and stop the
study
8 Elapsed Time ndash This box displays the period of time that the system has been recording data
9 Save ndash When you click this button a screen is displayed that says ldquoSaving Experimental Resultsrdquo This
allows you to create an Excel file name and a file location within your computer system for the data on
the spreadsheet to be stored You can save the file any time during the run
The data points in the saved Excel spreadsheet are time-stamped with actual
clock time instead of incremental elapsed time
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 22 Rev F 101116
10 Autosave location ndash The GPM program automatically stores recorded data at the Autosave location If
the file name in the Autosave location is NOT changed between data recording sessions the file will be
overwritten each time a recording is made
In the Autosave location box you can enter the file location (file pathfile name) where you want the
autosave data stored You can use the Browse button to get you to the file path folder where you want to
store the data file The program will automatically add the file name of AutoSavexls to the file path
that you selected To establish a new file name delete AutoSavexls and type in the new name
including the xls extension
You should change the autosave file name before every run to minimize the
possibility of data loss
11 Valve open time ndash The value you enter in this box controls how long the vent valve remains open in
order to maintain the Pressure Release setting The default value is 250 milliseconds but any value less
than 1000 milliseconds may be entered A smaller value provides more accurate control of the pressure
but takes longer to accommodate a large pressure change Conversely a larger value provides a faster
response but with less accuracy After entering a value click the Set button so the value is recognized by
the system
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
12 Coordinator ndash This displays the status of the Base Coordinator If there is no Base Coordinator
connected then ldquoNot Connectedrdquo is displayed When a Base Coordinator is connected and recognized by
the computer then ldquoConnectedrdquo is displayed
13 Network ndash A network contains 1-computer 1-Base Coordinator and 1-Reference Module Zero You can
have up to 50 Modules on one network If you need more than 50 Modules you will need another
network The new network will have a different network number The number shown on your screen
represents the network whose data is being captured by that computer
14 Version ndash This displays the version of the GPM software that is running
15 Temperature calibration settings ndash When you click this button the following screen is displayed
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 23
The temperature sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any
Module-to-Module differences in temperature sensing capability you can calibrate each sensor using the
Temperature calibration settings screen The values entered in the cells on this screen are used by the
GPM software to determine the appropriate offsets to apply to each sensor to calibrate them to the
temperature of your standard source
To calibrate your Module sensors follow the steps below
(1) Plug the batteries into the Modules intended for your study
(2) Place the Modules along with a reliable thermometer in the same location and let them
stabilize for a reasonable amount of time
Stabilization times may be different depending on the temperature of the
environment
(3) Start the GPM software
(4) Click the Temperature calibration settings button on the GPM software screen
(5) Type the temperature reading from your stabilized standard thermometer into the cells of the
Modules that you are using for your study
If all of your Modules will be in the same temperature environment you can
enter the temperature from your stabilized standard thermometer in the ldquoAllrdquo box
and click the SET button This will place the same value in all of the cells
(6) Click the APPLY button on the Temperature calibration settings screen to lock in the values
To lock in any changes on the Temperature calibration settings screen including
blanking all of the cells by clicking the Remove calibration values button you
must always apply them
To apply settings you can click the APPLY button or you can click the CLOSE
button and click the YES button on the popup screen
To exit the Temperature calibration settings screen without saving any changes
you can do one of the following
1) Click the CLOSE button and click the NO button on the popup screen
2) Click the in the top right corner of the screen
When you enter values on the Temperature calibration settings screen and apply
them the GPM software generates offset values for the specified Modules These
offsets will be applied to the same Modules for every run until a new calibration
is done Since the calibration settings are associated with Modules and not
specific sensors you should re-calibrate if you remove a temperature sensor from
a Module and install it in a different Module
The Temperature calibration settings can only be changed before the Record
button on the GPM screen has been clicked
16 Cumulative Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the cumulative pressure data for the
times specified by the Recording Interval This is the default data view for the program
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 24 Rev F 101116
17 Absolute Pressure tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the absolute pressure data for the times
specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 25
18 Temperature tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the temperature data for the times specified by
the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 26 Rev F 101116
19 Battery Voltage tab ndash When you click this tab you will see the battery voltage for the battery packs in
each Module for the times specified by the Recording Interval An example of this screen is shown
below
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 27
20 Cumulative Pressure Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the cumulative
pressure data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in
the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 28 Rev F 101116
21 Temperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the absolute temperature data
that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graph above represents a study done in ambient conditions without any
temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 29
22 Cumulative PressureTemperature Graph ndash When you click this tab you will see a line graph of the
absolute temperature data that has been recorded to that point and a line graph of the cumulative pressure
data that has been recorded to that point A Modulersquos graph will only be displayed if its box in the Show Graph Line row is checked An example of this screen is shown below
The graphs above represent a yeast study done with different amounts of yeast
and sugar in each bottle in ambient conditions without any temperature controls
The Auto Graphing capability is meant to provide the user with a visual
indication of the data being recorded during the gas study However the graphs
themselves are NOT automatically stored after the study is complete
To save the graphs from the Auto Graphing feature you can either
(1) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoSave Image Ashelliprdquo or
(2) right click while on the graph screen and select ldquoCopyrdquo or
(3) do a Print Screen
Please note that all of the raw data is stored in MS-Excel format Therefore you
can always recreate a graph from the stored data by using the graphing feature
within MS-Excel
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 30 Rev F 101116
23 Module Name ndash Cells within this row display the Module identification number or name By default
these cells display numbers To change a cell within the Module Name row highlight the cell and type
The text typed into a Module Name cell does not wrap when the text reaches
the end of the cell Therefore if you type a long name in the cell the column for
that Module will widen and reduce the amount of data that can be viewed on
one screen
This cell becomes ORANGE when the Module has not communicated with the computer for at least 5
minutes An example of an indication of communication loss is shown below
If the Module Name cell turns ORANGE during a run first try unplugging the
battery pack for that Module and plugging it back in This resets the Module
This could result in some missing data points while the reset is occurring
However data captured before and after the reset will remain
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 31
If a Module that had previously lost communication regains communication the module name cell in the
Recording View turns YELLOW (see below) and remains YELLOW through the rest of the run
24 Valve Open ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () and opens the vent valve
for that specific Module for a maximum of 3 minutes Clicking the cell again removes the check mark
() and closes the specific vent valve This should NOT be done during a study because the computer
will not record any pressure loss during this operation This function allows you to open and close valves
for individual Modules Remember that you can open and close all valves at once by using the Open Valves and Close Valves buttons in the Configuration View
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start the study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
25 Pressure Release ndash Cells in this row display the maximum pressure setting for the respective Module
relative to the Reference Module Zero pressure If pressure within a module climbs above this value the
valve will briefly open and vent the gas at the next live interval The Current Pressure cell will turn
LIGHT BLUE when this occurs The computer automatically accounts for pressure lost during this valve
venting Once the Pressure Release value has been entered on your computer screen press ltTabgt or
ltEntergt on your computer keyboard to activate that Module
The GPM software will not allow a release pressure greater than 10 psi For
18L wide-mouth bottles it is recommended that you set the Pressure Release
to a value no greater than 1 psi
Browse
Version 983
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 32 Rev F 101116
26 Current Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the current pressure within the bottle relative to the
Reference Module Zero pressure and represents the most recent pressure reading reported during the last
Live Interval A LIGHT BLUE cell indicates that the Current Pressure is above the Pressure Release
threshold
27 Cumulative Pressure ndash Cells in this row display the sum of the incremental changes in pressure for the
specific Module recorded throughout the entire study This pressure is NOT positively or negatively
affected by valve releases that are initiated by the software based on the Pressure Release value that you
entered This pressure is affected by opening and closing individual valves using the Valve Open feature
in the Live View or by opening and closing all valves at once using the Open Valves and Close Valves
buttons in the Configuration View
28 Temperature ndash Cells in this row display the value reported by the temperature sensor in the specific
Module
Since the GPM software cannot determine if a temperature sensor is present or
failing the user should look at each Temperature cell on the GPM screen
before and during a study to make sure that the readings make sense
29 Battery Voltage ndash Cells in this row display the current battery voltage for the specific Module The cell
is GREEN when the voltage is 63 volts or higher YELLOW when the voltage is greater than 60 and
less than 63 volts and RED when the voltage is 60 volts or lower
Although a Module will function at 60 volts it may not have enough power to
consistently operate the valve Therefore before starting a study ensure that
your rechargeable batteries are fully charged to 67 volts or higher
A battery pack can be replaced during a study without loss of functionality
There could be some missing data points during the period when the battery was
being replaced However data captured before and after the battery pack
replacement will remain
30 Show Graph Line ndash Clicking a cell within this row puts a check mark in the box () for that specific
Module Clicking the cell again removes the check mark () The Auto Graphing capability will only
display a graph for a Module that has a check mark () in its cell within this row
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 33
Temperature Sensing
Each Module comes equipped with a temperature sensor that can monitor the temperature of its environment The
sensors are accurate to within 2degC over a range of 5degC ndash 60degC To account for any Module-to-Module differences
in temperature sensing capability the GPM software provides a calibration screen that can be used before data
recording begins See the Instrument Software Functionality section of this manual for details about calibrating the
temperature sensors
The standard sensor is mounted on the circuit board inside the Module electronics assembly As a result it will not
directly measure the temperature inside of the bottle or the temperature of the material contained within the bottle
However over time the temperatures of the outside environment the inside of the Module electronics assembly
and the inside of the bottle will equilibrate At that time the standard sensor assembly will provide a reasonable
representation of the temperature in the environment outside and inside of the bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 34 Rev F 101116
This page intentionally left blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 35
Operating Instructions
To conduct a study with the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System follow the steps below
1 Start your GPM software
On your computer monitor click the GPM icon to start the program If the batteries are plugged into the
Modules the program should display the battery voltage and pressure of each Module Assembly including
the Reference Module Zero (Reference Module Zero measures the ambient pressure and has no Glass Bottle
attached to it)
If Reference Module Zero is not connected a default value of 145 psi is used
for ambient pressure
2 Test that each Module is communicating with the computer
To test communication between the Modules and the computer use the following procedure
21 Connect the Base Coordinator to your computer
22 Plug Battery Packs into each of the Modules you want to test
23 Verify that the GPM software recognizes each Module (your GPM screen will display a battery
voltage for each Module that it recognizes)
3 Clean and sterilize the Modules and Bottles before beginning operation
It should be standard practice after each use to clean the underside of the black module housing with warm
soapy water When this is done it is critical that water not get into the module or the electronics will be
damaged Do not autoclave or submerse the module (even with the lid on) or allow water to enter the gap
around the side vent tube Appendix A should be used for cleaning of the vent valve and tubing as needed
With the modules cleaned it is recommended that they be sterilized with alcohol before use Drying can be
expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC The glass bottles that come with your ANKOM RF Gas
Production System are plastic-coated for safety As such they are not rated for autoclave sterilization As
with the rest of the system do not heat the bottles beyond 60degC Clean the bottles with warm soapy water
Rinse and sterilize with alcohol Drying can be expedited at up to but not exceeding 60degC
4 Test the vent valve operation for each Module
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
You can test vent valve operation by using either Luer Check Valves or the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit To
verify vent valve operation using Luer Check Valves follow the steps below
To open the vent valve click the Valve Open box on your GPM screen so that a
check mark appears in the box () (To preserve battery life the valve will
remain open for a maximum of 90 seconds) To close the vent valve click the
Valve Open box to remove the check mark ()
41 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
42 Press Record on your computer screen to start
recording pressure data
43 Attach a Luer Check Valve to the Luer Port of each
Module you want to test
Luer Check Valve
Luer Cap
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 36 Rev F 101116
44 Remove the Luer Cap and pressurize each Glass Bottle by applying 6-10 psi to each Modulersquos
Luer Check Valve Verify on the screen that the Modules have pressure Put the Luer Cap back
on the valve
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
45 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes making sure there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
46 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
47 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
48 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
49 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
To verify vent valve operation using the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit follow the steps below
410 On your GPM screen change Live Interval to 1 second and Recording Interval to 1 minute
411 On your GPM screen press Record to start recording pressure data
412 Pull back the plunger on the syringe part of the Vent Valve Cleaning
Kit
413 Attach the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit to the Module you want to test by
gently pushing the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent
valve tube on the side of the housing
414 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
415 Pressurize the Glass Bottle by pushing the syringe plunger While pressurizing click the Valve
Open box on your GPM screen for each Module you are testing to close the valve
416 On your GPM screen verify that the Module has pressure
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi For 18 L wide-mouth bottles never
allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear safety glasses and
appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and Glass Bottles
417 Remove the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit by holding the vent valve tube against the housing with
your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
418 Monitor the pressure for 6-10 minutes ensuring there is not a significant drop in pressure
Small changes from handling and ambient temperatures are normal
419 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to open the
valve
420 Verify that the pressure drops when the vent valve opens for that Module (it should take
between 1-60 seconds to release depending on how many Modules you have connected)
421 Verify that the pressure drops to zero
422 On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for each Module you are testing to close the
valve
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 37
If a Module is not holding pressure re-apply pressure (using either of the two methods above) and perform
the following checks
423 Place a small amount of soapy water on the end of the vent valve tube If it is leaking clean the
tube using the procedure in Appendix A
424 Place a small amount of soapy water on the Luer Port If it leaks it will need to be replaced
(Luer Port part 7147) To replace the port unscrew it and clean the threads in the housing
Then apply a sealant (eg Locktite 425 or PTFE tape) to the threads on the new port and screw
it into the housing until snug Check for leakage from the threads
425 Check the Glass Bottle seal by either placing it in water just above the connection or by holding
the bottle upside down and looking for bubbles after applying soapy water to threads If leaking
is detected inspect the bottle gasket (part 7074) and replace as needed
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will
occur When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules
with a lid as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead
use bath balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
5 Prepare the Buffer to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Buffer Preparation used in Rumen studies
6 Prepare the Inoculum to be used in your study
See Appendix B for examples of Inoculum Preparation used in Rumen studies
7 Prepare the Sample (substrate) to be used in your study
Depending upon how fermentable the sample is the quantity of sample will vary In addition to the quantity
of fermentable sample the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration The
quantities of sample and buffer may be sufficient for a 24 hour incubation but they may not be sufficient for
a 48 hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the
buffer maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the sample-to-buffer
ratio to fit the desired incubation period
See Appendix B for further information about Samples used in Rumen studies
8 Add Buffer and Inoculum to the Blank to be used in your study
When running a study using the ANKOMRF
Gas Production System corrections must be made for the
following two factors
Gas produced by the inoculum
Gas lost by slight permeability of CO2 through the elastomeric components of the system (in a
pure CO2 environment under 2 psi pressure studies show that the permeability rate is 002 psihr)
Running a blank in your study will correct for both factors
The gas permeability rate of 002 psihr is only a reference This is NOT to be
applied broadly Use the results of your Blank as the correction factor
Place buffer and inoculum in the Glass Bottle used as a Blank
Do NOT use any sample (substrate) in the Glass Bottle used as the Blank
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 38 Rev F 101116
9 Eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle used as a Blank (ie purge the bottle)
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the Glass Bottle
used as a Blank by following the procedure below
You will need a source of CO2 regulated to 8-10 psi for this procedure
91 After adding inoculum to the Glass Bottle and with it in position to reattach to its Module (when
using wide-mouth bottles with metal clip closures leave the lid slightly open so that it can be
quickly closed) add CO2 directly into the top of the bottle until the CO2 fills the Modulersquos Glass
Bottle This could take about 5 to 30 seconds depending upon the size of the bottle
92 Immediately reattach the Module to the Glass Bottle
93 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open and close
operation
94 On your GPM screen set the Global release to 8 psi and set the Valve open time to 1000 ms
95 Remove the cap from the Luer Port on the Module
96 Holding a CO2 supply against the Luer Port add 8-10 psi of CO2 to the Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(see below) When the pressure exceeds 8 psi the valve will open and begin to release gas
Allow the bottle to sit for 10 seconds allowing time for the gases to equilibrate Set the Global release to zero releasing all pressure within the Glass Bottle Ensure the pressure in the Glass
Bottle is back to 0 02 psi Reset the Global release setting to 8 psi and repeat this step two
more times to thoroughly purge undesired gases from the Glass Bottle
97 Remove turn off the CO2 supply and place the cap on the Luer Port
98 Repeat this procedure for each Module
99 Reset the Live Interval Valve open time and Global release settings on the GPM screen based
on the needs of the experiment
WARNING For 250 ml ndash 1000 ml narrow-mouth bottles never allow the
pressure in the bottles to exceed 10 psi Always regulate incoming purge
pressure down to 10 psi or less before purging bottles For 18 L wide-mouth
bottles never allow the pressure in the bottles to exceed 1 psi Always wear
safety glasses and appropriate lab protection when handling the Modules and
Glass Bottles
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that show
66 volts or lower
Luer Port
Purge Air Gun (part RF28 ndash sold separately)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 39
10 Add Sample Buffer and Inoculum to all non-Blank Glass Bottles to be used in your study
Place your sample buffer and inoculum into the non-Blank Glass Bottles
11 Eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank Glass Bottles
If you are running a study that includes anaerobic organisms then eliminate the oxygen from the non-Blank
Glass Bottles by following the procedure detailed in step 9 above
12 Configure your GPM software for your study
121 On your GPM screen set the Live Interval duration This is the number of seconds that the
system will wait between each Module-to-computer communication Longer live interval times
increase battery life
122 On your GPM screen set the Recording Interval This is the number of minutes the system will
wait between each data point that gets recorded to the GPM spreadsheet for each Module
For best results it is recommended that the Live Interval be set so that there are
at least 2 Live Intervals for every Recording Interval For example if you want
to record data every 2 minutes you should set the Recording Interval to 2
minutes and the Live Interval to 60 seconds or less
123 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Units
124 On your GPM screen set the Pressure Release value for each Module This is the pressure that
when reached will initiate the opening of the Modulersquos valve during the live period
125 On your GPM screen set the Autosave location file name to establish where you want the
autosave process to store your data
13 Place the Module Assemblies in an incubator or water bath set to the appropriate temperature
Do not allow water into the Module When placing a Module Assembly in
water do NOT allow the water level to reach the vent tube or damage will occur
When using a water bath do NOT cover the bath and the RF modules with a lid
as the trapped humidity will be detrimental to the electronics Instead use bath
balls to cover the surface of the water and control the temperature and
evaporation
14 Start recording data
Before you start recording data replace batteries that show 66 volts or lower
On your GPM screen click Record to start recording your data
15 Stop recording data at the end of the study
On your GPM screen click Stop to stop recording data An Excel spreadsheet will be created with your data
once you enter a file name
If you want to create an Excel file during a run just press the Savehellip button on
the GPM screen The program will continue to run as normal
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 40 Rev F 101116
Troubleshooting
The ANKOM Technology web site has the most current troubleshooting and replacement parts information
Therefore if you have any questions about the operation of your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System or if you need
replacement parts please visit our web site at wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 41
Appendix A ndash Vent Valve Cleaning
Your ANKOMRF
Gas Production System comes with a Vent Valve Cleaning Kit (part RF22) that includes a
syringe and Vent Valve Adapter To clean the vent valve you will need the Vent Valve Cleaning Kit the Module
Assembly and some warm soapy water (see pictures below)
Vent Valve Adapter
Warm soapy water
Vent Valve Cleaning Kit
If the vent valve fails to operate properly it can be cleaned by following the procedure below
(1)
(2)
Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing
Remove the Glass Bottle from the Module
(3) Fill the syringe with warm soapy water
(4)
(5)
Attach the syringe to the end of the Vent Valve Adapter by pushing it into the
Luer fitting and rotating it clockwise
On your GPM screen set the Live Interval to 1 sec to speed up the valve open
and close operation
(6) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box for the Module that requires
cleaning This places a check mark in the box () and opens the valve
Holding the vent valve open may reduce battery voltage Before clicking the
Record button on your GPM screen to start a study replace batteries that
show 66 volts or lower
(7)
(8)
Flush the liquid through the vent valve tube and repeat If the water does not
flow out of the bottom vent port the software may not have opened the valve
If this is the case on your GPM screen click the Valve Open box again to
ensure that the proper Module is selected
Flush a full syringe of warm to hot water through the vent valve tube and
repeat
(9) Follow the rinse with an air flush to clear out the water
(10) On your GPM screen click the Valve Open box to close the vent valve This
removes the check mark from the box ()
(11) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pulling the adapter out
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 42 Rev F 101116
Appendix B ndash Buffer Inoculum amp Sample prep for Rumen studies
Buffer Goering - Van Soest (see ref 3)
The information contained herein comes from the following paper
Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
To prepare for the study of apparent digestibility within ruminant animals using the Goering ndash Van Soest buffer
follow the procedure below
(1) Maintain all glassware at 39degC
(2) Prepare the following solutions using Distilled Water throughout
Resaruzin 01 (wv) solution
Dissolve 01 g resaruzin into 100 ml H20
In vitro buffer solution In vitro macromineral solution
NH4HCO3 4 g Na2HPO4 anhydrous 57 g
NaHCO3 35 g KH2PO4 anhydrous 62 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water MgSO47 H2O 06 g
Bring volume to 1 L using Distilled Water
In vitro micromineral solution Reducing solution
CaCl22 H2O 132 g CysteinemiddotHCl 6250 mg
MnCl24H20 100 g 1N NaOH 40 ml
CoCl26 H2O 10 g Na2Smiddot9H2O 6250 mg
FeCl36 H2O 80 g Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
Bring volume to 100 ml using Distilled Water
(3) Mix 2 g trypticase with 400 ml of water and 01 ml micromineral solution Agitate to dissolve
(4) Add 200 ml of buffer solution 200 ml of macromineral solution and 1 ml of resaruzin solution to the
solution in step 3 Mix together to create your final buffer solution
(5) Prepare enough buffer solution to support the planned number of Gas Production Modules (80 ml buffer
per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if using different size bottles))
(6) Add sample to each Glass Bottle (1 g per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio if
using different size bottles)
(7) Add buffer to each Glass Bottle used in the run (80 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according
to this ratio if using different size bottles)
(8) Allow the temperature of the Glass Bottle buffer and sample to equilibrate for 20 to 30 minutes at
39degC
(9) Prepare the rumen inoculum while the buffer and sample are equilibrating
(10) To remove O2 from the buffer solution add 2 ml of reducing solution The buffer solution color should
change from a red to colorless
(11) Add rumen inoculum to each bottle (20 ml per 250 ml bottle ndash adjust the amount according to this ratio
if using different size bottles)
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 43
Buffer Mineral Solution Cone (see ref 4)
Solution grams liter
NaHCO3 875
NH4HCO3 100
Na2HPO4 143
KH2PO4 155
MgSO47H2O 015
Na2S 052
CaCl22 H2O 0017
MnCl24 H2O 0015
CoCl26 H2O 0002
FeCl36 H2O 0012
Resazurin (optional) 0125
Buffer Kansas State (see ref 5)
Mix 20 ml of Solution B with 1000 ml of Solution A and adjust pH to 68 by adding Solution B before each use
Solution A grams liter Solution B grams 100 ml
KH2PO4 100 Na2CO3 150
MgSO47 H2O 05 Na2S9 H2O 10
NaCl 05
CaCl22 H2O 01
Urea (optional) 05
Inoculum Preparation Procedure
(1) Preheat two 2 L thermos bottles by filling with 39degC water
(2) Empty heated water just prior to collection of rumen inoculum
(3) Using the appropriate collection procedure remove 600 to 1000 ml of rumen inoculum and place in
thermos Include approximately two fistfuls of the fibrous mat from the rumen with your collection in
one thermos
(4) Empty the rumen inoculum and fibrous mat from the thermoses into a pre-warmed blender
(5) Purge the blender container with CO2 gas and blend at a high speed for 30 seconds The blending action
serves to dislodge microbes that are attached to the mat and assure a representative microbial population
for the fermentation
(6) Filter the blended digesta through 4 layers of cheesecloth into a pre-heated (39degC) flask NOTE Allow
for extra cheesecloth around the edges to facilitate squeezing contents of filtered mat
(7) The flask should be continually purged with CO2 before and after the transfer of the inoculum
(8) Be careful to maintain temperature to minimize cold shock of the microorganisms
(9) Add the 20 ml of inoculum to the equilibrated buffer solution and sample in each Modulersquos Glass Bottle
(10) Purge the Glass Bottle with CO2 gas for 30 seconds A purge system can be purchased from ANKOM
Technology which allows the purging to be accomplished in a closed Module If you donrsquot have an
ANKOM purge system then remove the Glass Bottle and allow CO2 to flow into it
(11) Repeat process for all Glass Bottles to be used
Do not allow CO2 gas to bubble through the buffered inoculum Instead use the
CO2 to form a gaseous blanket over the contents of the Glass Bottle
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 44 Rev F 101116
Sample Preparation
The quantity of sample (substrate) to add to the Module will vary from 1g for a forage sample with minimal
fermentable substrate to 025 g for a highly fermentable substrate such as a high starch diet In addition to the
quantity of fermentable substrate the length of time the incubation is conducted must be taken into consideration
The quantities of substrate and buffer may be sufficient for 24 hour incubation but may not be sufficient for a 48
hour incubation By measuring the pH at the end of the incubation period you can determine if the buffer
maintained the proper pH throughout the incubation This will allow you to alter the substrate-to-buffer ratio to fit
the desired incubation period
References
1 Theodorou MK Lowman RS Davies ZSCuddleford D and Owen E 1998 Principles of
techniques that rely on gas measurement in ruminant nutrition Occasional Publication No 22 British
Society of Animal Science p 55
2 Pell AN Pitt RE Doane PH and Schofield P 1998 The development use and application of gas
production technique at Cornell University USA p45
3 Goering HK and Van Soest PJ 1970 Forage fiber analysis (apparatus reagents procedures and some
applications) Agricultural Handbook No 379 ARS-USDA Washington DC
4 Cone JW 1998 The development use and application of he gas production technique at the DLO
Institute for Animal Science and Health (IO-DOL) Lelystad The Netherlands Occasional Publication
No 22 British Society of Animal Science p 65
5 Marten GC and Barnes RF 1980 Prediction of Energy Digestibility of Forages with In Vitro Rumen
Fermentation and Fungal Enzyme Systems in Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds
Proceedings of a workshop held in Ottawa Canada 12-14 March 1979 Ottawa Ont IDRC
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 45
Appendix C ndash Head Space Analysis
The collection of gas for Head Space Analysis can be done through the septa port on the glass bottle shown below
using a gas-tight syringe
Septa Port
Liquid can also be sampled through this port by rotating the bottle and allowing the liquid into the port area Glass
bottles with septa ports can be ordered separately
If gas or liquid are removed through the septa port the computer will see it as a
loss in pressure
It is also possible to collect a gas sample through the vent valve using the adapter provided with the Vent Valve
Cleaning Kit (part RF22) Additional Vent Valve Adapters (part RF225) can be purchased separately
Vent Valve Adapter
To collect gas from the vent valve execute the following procedure
(1) Gently push the barbed end of the Vent Valve Adapter into the vent valve tube
on the side of the housing The adapter comes standard with a female Luer
thread for connection to a gas tight syringe
(2) Plug your syringe into the Vent Valve Adapter
(3) Pull the plunger out to create a vacuum
(4) On your GPM screen change the Live Interval to 1
(5) On your GPM screen enter a Pressure Release value that is lower than the
bottlersquos current pressure
(6) Once the pressure release value has been entered in the cell on the computer
screen press ltTabgt or ltEntergt on your keyboard to activate that Module Do
not check the Valve Open box The valve will open to release pressure and the
gas will flow into the syringe Depending on the gas volume to be removed it
is possible the valve may cycle several times
(7) Remove the Vent Valve Adapter by holding the vent valve tube against the
housing with your finger (to avoid stretching it) and pull the adapter out
(8) When you have removed the gas that you want on your GPM screen set the
Pressure Release value back to its original setting
If gas is removed through the vent valve the computer will NOT see it as a loss
in pressure
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
pg 46 Rev F 101116
Appendix D ndash Conversion of Pressure to Gas Production
Calculation of Gas Produced in ml at 39degC with pressure measured in psi
The ANKOMRF
Gas Production System is configurable to allow for gas pressure measurements in either psi or
mbar units For the purposes of this discussion we will refer to gas pressure measurements in psi
The gas pressure measured during your study can be converted to moles of gas produced using the lsquoidealrsquo gas
law and then converted to milliliters (ml) of gas produced using Avogadrorsquos law
lsquoIdealrsquo gas law
n = p (V RT)
Where n = gas produced in moles (mol) p = pressure in kilopascal (kPa) V = head-space volume in the Glass Bottle in Liters (L) T = temperature in Kelvin (K) R = gas constant (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1)
Avogadrorsquos law
Using Avogadrorsquos Law at atmospheric pressure measured in psi (1 psi = 6894757293 kilopascal) 1 mole will
occupy 224 L at 27315degK and 101325 kPa (standard conditions) Therefore gas measured in moles can be
converted to gas measured in ml as follows
gas produced in ml = n x 224 x 1000
ANKOMRF Gas Production System ndash Glass Bottle Volume Capacity
The actual volume capacity of each glass bottle is greater than its rated volume capacity Therefore use the
following Actual Volume Capacity for the specific bottle used in your study
Rated Volume Capacity (ml) Actual Volume Capacity (ml)
250 310
500 620
1000 1140
1800 1870
Example
The Cumulative Pressure measured by the ANKOMRF Gas Production System is 10 psi at 39degC The Glass Bottle in the study is rated at 250 ml (actual volume capacity is 310 ml) The samplesolutionbuffer uses 150 ml of the Glass Bottle The head-space volume in the Glass Bottle is 310 ml - 150 ml = 160 ml = 016 L
p = 10 psi x 6894757293 kPa = 6894757293 kPa V = 016 L R = 8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 T = 273degK + 39degC = 312degK
n = p (V RT) n = 6894757293 kPa x [016 L (8314472 LkPaK-1mol-1 x 312degK)] n = 0004252553 mol
gas produced in ml = 0004252553 mol x 224 Lmol x 1000 mlL gas produced in ml = 9525717874 ml
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Operatorrsquos Manual
Rev F 101116 pg 47
Appendix E ndash Base Coordinator Specifications
The Base Coordinator is a Radio Frequency (RF) modem that allows each Module to remotely communicate with
your computer
Performance Power Output 60 mW (18 dBm) 100 mW
OutdoorRF Line of Sight Range up to 1mile
(16km)
RF Data Rate 250000 bps
Operating Frequency 24 GHz Receiver
Sensitivity -100 dBm
Temperature Rating 0 ndash 70deg C
Frequency Band 24000 - 24835 GHz
Networking Spread Spectrum Type DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum) Networking Topology Peer-to-peer point-to-point amp point-to-multipoint
Error Handling Retries amp acknowledgements
Power Supply Voltage USB bus power
Transmit Current 300 mA
Receive Current 90 mAv
Physical Properties Size 450 x 275 x 1125 (114 cm x 70 cm x 29 cm)
Weight 525 oz (150 g)
Antenna Options RPSMA
Operating Temperature 0 to 70deg C
Certifications United States (FCC) OUR-XBEEPRO
Canada (IC) 4214A-XBEEPRO
Europe (CE) ETSI
Australia Approved
Japan (MIC) R 201 WW 08215111
Class I Division 2
Operating in Europe XBee Modems will be configured to operate at a maximum TX power output level of 10 dBm (power level is set
using AT commands) Additionally European regulations stipulate an EIRP power maximum of 1286 dBm
(19mW)
LED colors Yellow (top LED) = Serial Data Out
Green (middle) = Serial Data In
Red (bottom) = Power Indicator
RSSI LED patterns 3 LEDs On = Very Strong Signal
2 LEDs On = Strong Signal
1 LEDs On = Moderate Signal
0 LEDs On = Weak Signal
Dip Switch Reset Switch
Antenna USB
Port
LEDs Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Dip Switch Reset Switch
USB
Port
LEDs
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom
Automation saves time and money
ANKOM Technology is an international company with products that includehellip
TDF Dietary Fiber Analyzer
Automates AOAC 99143200901201125 AACC 32-070132-4501
IDFSDF and TDF values
Faster Technician-free Filtering Computer controlled operation Reduced per assay costs
A2000 Fiber Analyzer
Crude Fiber (AOCS Ba 6a-05) ADF NDF
Automatically adds solutions and rinses
Batch process - up to 24 samples at one time
XT15 Fat Extractor
Official Method AOCS Am 5-04
Fully automatic
Solvent recovery at 97 or greater
Batch process - up to 15 samples at one time
RF Gas Production System
High sensitivity pressure measurement
Applications include Ruminant Nutrition Human Digestion Yeast Activity
BeerWine Fermentation Biomass-to-Energy analysis (eg Ethanol)
Biodegradability Soil respiration BOD etc
Wireless Computer control and data storage
Chemicals
A wide variety of chemicals used for many different lab operations
Pre-mixed solutions available
Please visit our web site at wwwankomcom for more information
2052 OrsquoNeil Rd Macedon NY 14502 Telephone (315) 986-8090 Fax (315) 986-8091 wwwankomcom